.

*** empty log message ***
.
2025-09-10 07:59:52 +02:00 · 2000-09-09 08:58:58 +00:00 · 2000-09-09 08:58:42 +00:00 · 2000-09-09 08:56:38 +00:00 · 2000-09-09 08:55:48 +00:00 · 2000-09-09 08:53:37 +00:00
750 changed files with 58131 additions and 36742 deletions
--- a/4
+++ b/4
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
 the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.

    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>

    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
 If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
 when it starts in an interactive mode:

-    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year  name of author
    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
--- a/4
+++ b/4
@@ -4,6 +4,10 @@
 # It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest
 # only to the maintainer.

+# Systems where /bin/sh is not the default shell need this.  The $(shell)
+# command below won't work with e.g. stock DOS/Windows shells.
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
 have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes)

 # If the user runs GNU make but has not yet run ./configure,
--- a/Makefile.maint
+++ b/Makefile.maint
@@ -11,44 +11,83 @@ maintainer-check:
 	$(MAKE) distcheck
 	$(MAKE) my-distcheck

+prev-version := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|tr a-z Xa-y)
+tag-package = $(shell echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr a-z A-Z)
+tag-this-version = $(subst .,_,$(VERSION))
+tag-prev-version = $(subst .,_,$(prev-version))
+this-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-this-version)
+prev-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-prev-version)
+
+# Verify that all source files using _() are listed in po/POTFILES.in.
+po-check:
+	grep -E -v '^(#|$$)' po/POTFILES.in | sort > $@-1
+	grep -E -l '\b_\(' lib/*.c src/*.c | sort > $@-2
+	diff -u $@-1 $@-2
+	rm -f $@-1 $@-2
+
 # Tag before making distribution.  Also, don't make a distribution if
 # checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
+# FIXME: use dist-hook/my-dist like distcheck-hook/my-distcheck.
 cvs-dist: maintainer-check
-	pkg=`echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr a-z A-Z`; \
-	ver=`echo "$(VERSION)" | sed 's/\./_/g'`; \
-	tag="$$pkg-$$ver"; \
-	echo tag=$$tag; \
-	if cvs -n log -h README| grep -e $$tag > /dev/null; then \
+	echo $(this-cvs-tag); \
+	if cvs -n log -h README| grep -e $(this-cvs-tag): > /dev/null; then \
 	  echo "VERSION not new; not tagging" 1>&2; \
 	  exit 1; \
 	fi; \
 	cvs update po; \
-	cvs tag -c $$tag
+	cvs tag -c $(this-cvs-tag)
 	$(MAKE) dist

+# Use this to make sure we don't run these programs when building
+# from a virgin tgz file, below.
+null_AM_MAKEFLAGS = \
+  ACLOCAL=false \
+  AUTOCONF=false \
+  AUTOMAKE=false \
+  AUTOHEADER=false \
+  MAKEINFO=false
+
 t=./=test
-my-distcheck: dist
+my-distcheck: writable-files po-check
 	-rm -rf $(t)
 	mkdir $(t)
-	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
+	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(AMTAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
+# Removing $(DEPDIR) like this is a gross kludge to work around a bug
+# in automake.  Remove that line once it's fixed.
 	cd $(t)/$(distdir) \
 	  && ./configure --disable-nls \
-	  && $(MAKE) \
+	  && $(MAKE) CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' \
+	      AM_MAKEFLAGS='$(null_AM_MAKEFLAGS)' \
 	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
 	  && $(MAKE) check \
-	  && $(MAKE) distclean
-	cd $(t) && $(TAR) --diff -z -f ../$(distdir).tar.gz
+	  && $(MAKE) distclean \
+	  && rm -rf $(DEPDIR)
+	cd $(t) && mv $(distdir) $(distdir).old \
+	  && $(AMTAR) -zxf ../$(distdir).tar.gz
+	diff -ur $(t)/$(distdir).old $(t)/$(distdir)
 	-rm -rf $(t)
 	@echo "========================"; \
 	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
 	echo "========================"

-THIS_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
-# FIXME: this works only for test releases.
-PREV_VERSION := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|tr a-z Xa-y)
+THIS_VERSION_REGEXP = $(subst .,\.,$(VERSION))
+# FIXME: this works only for Gnits-style test releases.
+PREV_VERSION := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|tr b-z a-y|sed 's/a$$//')
 PREV_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(PREV_VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
 v = Version
-url = ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/$(distdir).tar.gz
+
+a_host = alpha.gnu.org
+b_host = tug.org
+
+alpha_subdir = gnu/fetish
+a_url_dir = $(alpha_subdir)
+b_url_dir = $(alpha_subdir)
+
+a_real_dir = /fs/share/ftp/$(alpha_subdir)
+b_real_dir = /home/ftp/pub/$(alpha_subdir)
+
+url_dir_list = $(foreach x,a b,ftp://$($(x)_host)/$($(x)_url_dir))
+
 md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')

 rel-check:
@@ -60,13 +99,25 @@ rel-check:
 	echo "$(md5)  -" > $$md5_tmp; \
 	md5sum -c $$md5_tmp < $$tarz

+release-archive-dir = ../release
+prev-tgz = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION).tar.gz
+xd-delta = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION)-$(VERSION).xdelta
+
 announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(distdir).tar.gz
 	@( \
 	  echo Subject: $(distdir) released; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo FIXME: put comments here; \
 	  echo; \
-	  echo "  $(url)"; \
+	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  done; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo And here are xdelta-style diffs; \
+	  echo; \
+	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(xd-delta)"; \
+	  done; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo "$(md5)  $(distdir).tar.gz"; \
 	  echo; \
@@ -75,6 +126,46 @@ announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(distdir).tar.gz
 	    | grep -v '^\['; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo ChangeLog entries:; \
-	  sed -n "/$v $(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)/,/$v $(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)/p" \
-	    ChangeLog | grep -v '\* $v'; \
+	  find . -name ChangeLog \
+	    | xargs cvs diff -up -r$(prev-cvs-tag) -rHEAD \
+	    | sed -n 's/^+//p' \
+	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;'	\
+	      -e 'print "\n"."*"x70 ."\n"; s///; print; print "*"x70 ."\n"'; \
 	)
+
+writable-files:
+	for file in $(distdir).tar.gz $(xd-delta)			\
+	  ../release/$(distdir).tar.gz ../release/$(xd-delta); do	\
+	  test -e $$file || continue;					\
+	  test -w $$file						\
+	    || { echo ERROR: $$file is not writable; fail=1; };		\
+	done;								\
+	test "$$fail" && exit 1 || :
+
+WGET = wget
+ftp-gnu = ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu
+
+automake_repo=:pserver:anoncvs@anoncvs.cygnus.com:/cvs/automake
+.PHONY: wget-update
+wget-update:
+	$(WGET) $(ftp-gnu)/texinfo/texinfo.tex -O $(srcdir)/doc/texinfo.tex
+	$(WGET) $(ftp-gnu)/config/config.guess -O $(srcdir)/config.guess
+	$(WGET) $(ftp-gnu)/config/config.sub -O $(srcdir)/config.sub
+	cvs -d $(automake_repo) co -p automake/depcomp > depcomp
+
+alpha: writable-files po-check
+	$(MAKE) cvs-dist
+	$(MAKE) -s announcement > /tmp/announce-$(distdir)
+	ln $(distdir).tar.gz ../release
+	chmod a-w $(distdir).tar.gz
+	cd $(release-archive-dir) \
+	  && xdelta delta -9 $(prev-tgz) $(distdir).tar.gz $(xd-delta) || :
+	ln $(release-archive-dir)/$(xd-delta) .
+	chmod a-w $(release-archive-dir)/$(xd-delta)
+	@echo =====================================
+	@echo =====================================
+	@echo 'scp $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.gz \'
+	@echo '  $(b_host):$(b_real_dir)'
+	@echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
+	@echo =====================================
+	@echo =====================================
--- a/324
+++ b/324
@@ -1,48 +1,278 @@
-This is just a start at listing e-mail addresses of contributors.
-The rest of the addresses are still in the ChangeLog.
+These people have contributed to the GNU fileutils, textutils,
+and/or sh-utils packages.  Some have reported problems, others have
+contributed improvements to the documentation, actual code, and even
+complete programs.  Those contributions are described in the ChangeLog
+files.  If your name has been left out, if you'd rather not be listed,
+or if you'd prefer a different address be used, please let me know.
+Some old names and addresses are still in the ChangeLog.

-Achim Blumensath: blume@corona.oche.de
-Andreas Schwab: schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de
-Arne Henrik Juul: arnej@imf.unit.no
-Bauke Jan Douma: bjdouma@xs4all.nl
-Bengt Martensson: bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de
-Bjorn Helgaas: helgaas@rsn.hp.com
-Charles Karney: karney@pppl.gov
-Christian von Roques: roques@pond.sub.org
-Dirk Lattermann: dlatt@t-online.de
-Don Parsons: dparsons@synapse.kent.edu
-Eirik Fuller: eirik@netcom.com
-Eli Zaretskii: eliz@is.elta.co.il
-Emile LeBlanc: leblanc@math.toronto.edu
-François Pinard: pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
-Galen Hazelwood: galenh@micron.net
-Göran Uddeborg: goeran@uddeborg.pp.se
-Greg McGary: gkm@eng.ascend.com
-Hugh Daniel: hugh@xanadu.com
-James: james@albion.glarp.com
-James Antill: jmanti%essex.ac.uk@seralph21.essex.ac.uk
-James Tanis: jtt@soscorp.com
-Jesse Thilo: jgt2@eecs.lehigh.edu
-Joakim Rosqvist: dvljrt@cs.umu.se
-John Gatewood Ham: zappaman@alphabox.compsci.buu.ac.th
-Kjetil Torgrim Homme: kjetilho@ifi.uio.no
-Lorne Baker: lbaker@nitro.avint.net
-Marcus Daniels: marcus@sysc.pdx.edu
-Mark A. Thomas: thommark@access.digex.net
-Mark Harris: mark@monitor.designacc.com
-Marty Leisner: leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com
-Masami Takikawa: takikawm@CS.ORST.EDU
-Matthew S. Levine: mslevine@theory.lcs.mit.edu
-Miles Bader: miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-Noel Cragg: noel@red-bean.com
-Peter Eriksson: peter@ifm.liu.se
-Paul Eggert: eggert@twinsun.com
-Philippe De Muyter: phdm@macqel.be
-Ross Ridge: rridge@calum.csclub.uwaterloo.ca
-Santiago Vila Doncel: sanvila@unex.es
-Stuart Kemp: skemp@peter.bmc.com
-Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG: thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-Torbjorn Lindgren: tl@funcom.no
-Tony Leneis: tony@plaza.ds.adp.com
-Michael Veksler: mveksler@techunix.technion.ac.il
-Wayne Stewart: wstewa@atl.com
+Achim Blumensath                    blume@corona.oche.de
+Adam Klein                          aklein@debian.org
+Akim Demaille                       demaille@inf.enst.fr
+Alain Magloire                      alain@qnx.com
+Alan Iwi                            iwi@atm.ox.ac.uk
+Alberto Accomazzi                   alberto@cfa0.harvard.edu
+aldomel                             aldomel@ix.netcom.com
+Alen Muzinic                        zveki@fly.cc.fer.hr
+Alexey Solovyov                     alekso@math.uu.se
+Andre Novaes Cunha                  Andre.Cunha@br.global-one.net
+Andreas Jaeger                      jaeger@gnu.org
+Andreas Luik                        luik@isa.de
+Andreas Schwab                      schwab@suse.de
+Andreas Stolcke                     stolcke@ICSI.Berkeley.EDU
+Andres Soolo                        andres@soolo.matti.ee
+Andrew Burgess                      aab@cichlid.com
+Andrew Dalke                        dalke@bioreason.com
+Andrew Tridgell                     tridge@samba.org
+Andries Brouwer                     Andries.Brouwer@cwi.nl
+Andy Longton                        alongton@metamark.com
+Ariel Faigon                        ariel@cthulhu.engr.sgi.com
+Arne H. Juul                        arnej@solan.unit.no
+Arne Henrik Juul                    arnej@imf.unit.no
+Arthur Pool                         pool@commerce.uq.edu.au
+Austin Donnelly                     Austin.Donnelly@cl.cam.ac.uk
+Bauke Jan Douma                     bjdouma@xs4all.nl
+Bengt Martensson                    bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de
+Bernd Leibing                       bernd.leibing@rz.uni-ulm.de
+Bernhard Rosenkraenzer              bero@redhat.de
+Bill Peters                         peters@gaffel.as.arizona.edu
+Bjorn Helgaas                       helgaas@rsn.hp.com
+Bob McCracken                       kerouac@ravenet.com
+Bob Proulx                          rwp@fc.hp.com
+Branden Robinson                    branden@necrotic.deadbeast.net
+Brendan O'Dea                       bod@compusol.com.au
+Brian Kimball                       bfk@footbag.org
+Brian Youmans                       3diff@gnu.org
+Bruno Haible                        haible@clisp.cons.org
+Carl Johnson                        carlj@cjlinux.home.org
+Carl Lowenstein                     cdl@mpl.UCSD.EDU
+Carlos Canau                        Carlos.Canau@relay.puug.pt
+Charles Karney                      karney@pppl.gov
+Charles Randall                     crandall@matchlogic.com
+Chip Salzenberg                     chip@valinux.com
+Chris Yeo                           cyeo@biking.org
+Christi Alice Scarborough           christi@chiark.greenend.org.uk
+Christian Krackowizer               kra1@technodat.co.at
+Christian von Roques                roques@pond.sub.org
+Chuck Hedrick                       hedrick@klinzhai.rutgers.edu
+Clark Morgan                        cmorgan@aracnet.com
+Colin Plumb                         colin@nyx.net
+Collin Rogowski                     collin@rogowski.de
+Dan Hagerty                         hag@gnu.ai.it.edu
+Daniel Bergstrom                    noa@melody.se
+David Dyck                          dcd@tc.fluke.COM
+David Godfrey                       dave@delta.demon.co.uk
+Dennis Henriksen                    opus@flamingo.osrl.dk
+Derek Clegg                         dclegg@next.com
+Dick Streefland                     dick_streefland@tasking.com
+Dirk Lattermann                     dlatt@t-online.de
+Dirk-Jan Faber                      djfaber@snow.nl
+Don Parsons                         dparsons@synapse.kent.edu
+Donni Erpel                         donald@appc11.gsi.de
+Doug McLaren                        dougmc@comco.com
+Dragos Harabor                      dharabor@us.oracle.com
+Ed Avis                             epa98@doc.ic.ac.uk
+Edzer Pebesma                       Edzer.Pebesma@rivm.nl
+Eirik Fuller                        eirik@netcom.com
+Eivind                              eivindt@multinet.no
+Eli Zaretskii                       eliz@is.elta.co.il
+Emile LeBlanc                       leblanc@math.toronto.edu
+Eric Backus                         ericb@lsid.hp.com
+Eric G. Miller                      egm2@jps.net
+Erik Bennett                        bennett@cvo.oneworld.com
+Erik Corry                          erik@kroete2.freinet.de
+Felix Lee                           flee@teleport.com
+Fletcher Mattox                     fletcher@cs.utexas.edu
+Florin Iucha                        fiucha@hsys.mic.ro
+Frank Adler                         fadler@allesklar.de
+Frank T Lofaro                      ftlofaro@snooks.Egr.UNLV.EDU
+François Pinard                     pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
+Fred Fish                           fnf@ninemoons.com
+Gabor Z. Papp                       gzp@gzp.org.hu
+Galen Hazelwood                     galenh@micron.net
+Gary Anderson                       ganderson@clark.net
+Gaël Quéri                          gqueri@mail.dotcom.fr
+Geoff Kuenning                      geoff@cs.hmc.edu
+Geoff Odhner                        geoff@franklin.com
+Gerhard Poul                        gpoul@gnu.org
+Germano Leichsenring                germano@jedi.cs.kobe-u.ac.jp
+GOTO Masanori                       gotom@debian.or.jp
+Greg Louis                          glouis@dynamicro.on.ca
+Greg McGary                         gkm@gnu.org
+Greg Troxel                         gdt@bbn.com
+Greg Wooledge                       gawooledge@sherwin.com
+Gregory Leblanc                     gleblanc@cu-portland.edu
+Göran Uddeborg                      goeran@uddeborg.pp.se
+H. J. Lu                            hjl@valinux.com
+Hans Verkuil                        hans@wyst.hobby.nl
+Harry Liu                           rliu@lek.ugcs.caltech.edu
+Herbert Xu                          herbert@gondor.apana.org.au
+Holger Berger                       hberger@ess.nec.de
+Hugh Daniel                         hugh@xanadu.com
+Ian Jackson                         ijackson@chiark.greenend.org.uk
+Ian Lance Taylor                    ian@cygnus.com
+Ian Turner                          vectro@pipeline.com
+James                               james@albion.glarp.com
+James Antill                        jmanti%essex.ac.uk@seralph21.essex.ac.uk
+James Sneeringer                    jvs@ocslink.com
+James Tanis                         jtt@soscorp.com
+James Youngman                      james+usenet@free-lunch.demon.co.uk
+Jamie Lokier                        jamie@imbolc.ucc.ie
+Janos Farkas                        chexum@shadow.banki.hu
+Jarkko Hietaniemi                   jhi@epsilon.hut.fi
+Jeff Moore                          jbm@mordor.com
+Jeff Sheinberg                      jeffsh@erols.com
+Jens Schmidt                        jms@jsds.hamburg.com
+Jerome Abela                        abela@hsc.fr
+Jesse Thilo                         jgt2@eecs.lehigh.edu
+Jie Xu                              xuj@iag.net
+Jim Blandy                          jimb@cyclic.com
+Jim Dennis                          jimd@starshine.org
+Joakim Rosqvist                     dvljrt@cs.umu.se
+Jochen Hein                         jochen@jochen.org
+Joe Orton                           joe@orton.demon.co.uk
+Johan Danielsson                    joda@pdc.kth.se
+John Bley                           jbb6@acpub.duke.edu
+John David Anglin                   dave.anglin@nrc.ca
+John Gatewood Ham                   zappaman@alphabox.compsci.buu.ac.th
+John Gotts                          jgotts@umich.edu
+John Kendall                        kendall@capps.com
+John Kodis                          kodis@acm.org
+John Murphy                         jam@philabs.research.philips.com
+John Roll                           john@panic.harvard.edu
+John Salmon                         johns@mullet.anu.edu.au
+John Summerfield                    summer@OS2.ami.com.au
+Joost van Baal                      joostvb@xs4all.nl
+Joseph S. Myers                     jsm28@cam.ac.uk
+jvogel                              jvogel@linkny.com
+Jürgen Fluk                         louis@dachau.marco.de
+Kai-Uwe Rommel                      rommel@informatik.tu-muenchen.de
+Kalle Olavi Niemitalo               tosi@stekt.oulu.fi
+Kamal Paul Nigam                    Kamal_Paul_Nigam@gs35.sp.cs.cmu.edu
+Karl Heuer                          kwzh@gnu.org
+Karsten Thygesen                    karthy@kom.auc.dk
+Kaveh R. Ghazi                      ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu
+Keith Owens                         kaos@audio.apana.org.au
+Ken Pizzini                         kenp@halcyon.com
+Kjetil Torgrim Homme                kjetilho@ifi.uio.no
+Kristoffer Rose                     kris@diku.dk
+Larry McVoy                         lm@sgi.com
+Lars Hecking                        lhecking@nmrc.ucc.ie
+Lehti Rami                          rammer@cs.tut.fi
+Leonard N. Zubkoff                  lnz@dandelion.com
+Lorne Baker                         lbaker@nitro.avint.net
+Maciej Kwapulinski                  pikpok@univ.gda.pl
+Manas Garg                          manas@cygsoft.com
+Manfred Hollstein                   manfred@s-direktnet.de
+Marc Boucher                        marc@mbsi.ca
+Marc Olzheim                        marcolz@stack.nl
+Marco Franzen                       Marco.Franzen@Thyron.com
+Marcus Daniels                      marcus@ee.pdx.edu
+Mark A. Thomas                      thommark@access.digex.net
+Mark D. Roth                        roth@uiuc.edu
+Mark Harris                         mark@monitor.designacc.com
+Mark Hewitt                         mhewitt@armature.com
+Mark Kettenis                       kettenis@phys.uva.nl
+Mark W. Eichin                      eichin@cygnus.com
+Markus Demleitner                   msdemlei@auriga.ari.uni-heidelberg.de
+Martin                              martin@dresden.nacamar.de
+Martin Gallant                      martyg@goodbit.net
+Martin Hippe                        martin.hippe@schlund.de
+Martin Mitchell                     martin@debian.org
+Martin P.J. Zinser                  zinser@decus.de
+Marty Leisner                       leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com
+Masami Takikawa                     takikawm@CS.ORST.EDU
+Mate Wierdl                         mw@moni.msci.memphis.edu
+Matej Vela                          mvela@public.srce.hr
+Matthew Braun                       matthew@ans.net
+Matthew Clarke                      Matthew_Clarke@mindlink.bc.ca
+Matthew S. Levine                   mslevine@theory.lcs.mit.edu
+Matthew Swift                       swift@alum.mit.edu
+Matthias Urlichs                    smurf@noris.de
+Meelis Roos                         mroos@tartu.cyber.ee
+Michael ???                         michael@roka.net
+Michael Deutschmann                 michael@talamasca.ocis.net
+Michael Hasselberg                  mikelh@zonta.ping.de
+Michael Hohn                        hohn@math.utah.edu
+Michael Stone                       mstone@debian.org
+Michael Stutz                       stutz@dsl.org
+Michael Veksler                     mveksler@techunix.technion.ac.il
+Michel Robitaille                   robitail@IRO.UMontreal.CA
+Michiel Bacchiani                   bacchian@raven.bu.edu
+Miles Bader                         miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+Minh Tran-Le                        tranle@intellicorp.com
+Morten Welinder                     terra@diku.dk
+Nelson H. F. Beebe                  beebe@math.utah.edu
+Niklas Edmundsson                   nikke@acc.umu.se
+Noah Friedman                       friedman@splode.com
+Noel Cragg                          noel@red-bean.com
+Olav Morkrid                        olav@funcom.com
+Ørn E. Hansen                       oehansen@daimi.aau.dk
+Paul Eggert                         eggert@twinsun.com
+Paul Nevai                          nevai@ops.mps.ohio-state.edu
+Paul Sauer                          paul@alexa.com
+Paul Slootman                       paul@debian.org
+Per Cederqvist                      ceder@lysator.liu.se
+Per Kristian Hove                   perhov@math.ntnu.no
+Peter Eriksson                      peter@ifm.liu.se
+Peter Moulder                       reiter@netspace.net.au
+Peter Samuelson                     psamuels@sampo.creighton.edu
+Peter Seebach                       seebs@taniemarie.solon.com
+Phil Richards                       phil.richards@vf.vodafone.co.uk
+Philippe De Muyter                  phdm@macqel.be
+Philippe Schnoebelen                Philippe.Schnoebelen@imag.fr
+Piergiorgio Sartor                  sartor@sony.de
+Piotr Kwapulinski                   kwap@univ.gda.pl
+Prashant TR                         tr@eth.net
+Rainer Orth                         ro@TechFak.Uni-Bielefeld.DE
+Ralf W. Stephan                     stephan@tmt.de
+Ralph Loader                        loader@maths.ox.ac.uk
+Raul Miller                         moth@magenta.com
+Richard Braakman                    dark@xs4all.nl
+Richard J. Rauenzahn                rrauenza@hairball.cup.hp.com
+Richard Sharman                     rsharman@magmacom.com
+Rick Sladkey                        jrs@world.std.com
+Rik Faith                           faith@cs.unc.edu
+Risto Kankkunen                     kankkune@lingsoft.fi
+Robert H. de Vries                  robert@and.nl
+Rogier Wolff                        R.E.Wolff@BitWizard.nl
+Ronald F. Guilmette                 rfg@netcom.com
+Ross Alexander                      r.alexander@auckland.ac.nz
+Ross Paterson                       rap@doc.ic.ac.uk
+Ross Ridge                          rridge@calum.csclub.uwaterloo.ca
+Sami Farin                          sfarin@ratol.fi
+Samuli Karkkainen                   Samuli.Karkkainen@hut.fi
+Sander van Malssen                  svm@kozmix.ow.nl
+Santiago Vila Doncel                sanvila@unex.es
+Savochkin Andrey Vladimirovich      saw@msu.ru
+Scott Lurndal                       slurn@griffin.engr.sgi.com
+Stephen Gildea                      gildea@x.org
+Stephen Smoogen                     ??????????
+Steve McConnel                      steve@acadcomp.sil.org
+Stuart Kemp                         skemp@peter.bmc.com
+Tadayoshi Funaba                    tadf@kt.rim.or.jp
+Theodore Ts'o                       tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu
+Thomas Bushnell                     thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+Thomas Quinot                       thomas@Cuivre.FR.EU.ORG
+Tim Smithers                        mouse@dmouse.com.au
+Tim Waugh                           twaugh@redhat
+Todd A. Jacobs                      tjacobs@codegnome.org
+Tom Quinn                           trq@dionysos.thphys.ox.ac.uk
+Ton Hospel                          thospel@mail.dma.be
+Tony Leneis                         tony@plaza.ds.adp.com
+Tony Robinson                       ajr@eng.cam.ac.uk
+Torbjorn Granlund                   tege@nada.kth.se
+Torbjorn Lindgren                   tl@funcom.no
+Torsten Landschoff                  torsten@pclab.ifg.uni-kiel.de
+Ulrich Drepper                      drepper@gnu.org
+Urs Thuermann                       urs@isnogud.escape.de
+Vin Shelton                         acs@alumni.princeton.edu
+Volker Borchert                     bt@teknon.de
+Wayne Stewart                       wstewa@atl.com
+Wichert Akkerman                    wichert@cistron.nl
+Will Edgington                      wedgingt@acm.org
+William Bader                       william@nscs.fast.net
+William Dowling                     will@franklin.com
+William Lewis                       wiml@omnigroup.com
+Wolfram Kleff                       kleff@cs.uni-bonn.de
+Zvi Har'El                          rl@math.technion.ac.il
--- a/doc/.cvsignore
+++ b/doc/.cvsignore
@@ -1,20 +1,19 @@
 Makefile
-fileutils.info
-version.texi
-fileutils.info*
-fileutils.log
-fileutils.dvi
 fileutils.aux
-fileutils.toc
-fileutils.cp
-fileutils.fn
-fileutils.vr
-fileutils.tp
-fileutils.ky
-fileutils.pg
 fileutils.cm
-fileutils.fl
-fileutils.op
+fileutils.cp
 fileutils.cps
+fileutils.dvi
+fileutils.fl
+fileutils.fn
+fileutils.info
+fileutils.info*
+fileutils.ky
+fileutils.log
+fileutils.op
+fileutils.pg
+fileutils.toc
+fileutils.tp
+fileutils.vr
 stamp-vti
 version.texi
--- a/doc/Makefile.am
+++ b/doc/Makefile.am
@@ -3,8 +3,12 @@ info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi

 EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi

-# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: sh-utils.info.
-# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like sh-utils.info-[123],
-# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (sh-utils.info-) on some crufty
+# The following is necessary if the package name is 8 characters or longer.
+# If the info documentation would be split into 10 or more separate files,
+# then this is necessary even if the package name is 7 characters long.
+#
+# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: <package>.info.
+# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like <package>.info-[123],
+# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (<package>.info-) on some crufty
 # old systems.
 MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
--- a/doc/Makefile.in
+++ b/doc/Makefile.in
@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3 from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am

-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-9, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
 # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
 # PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
+SHELL = @SHELL@

 srcdir = @srcdir@
 top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
@@ -31,8 +31,6 @@ mandir = @mandir@
 includedir = @includedir@
 oldincludedir = /usr/include

-DISTDIR =
-
 pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
@@ -48,6 +46,7 @@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG =
 transform = @program_transform_name@

 NORMAL_INSTALL = :
@@ -56,15 +55,29 @@ POST_INSTALL = :
 NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
 PRE_UNINSTALL = :
 POST_UNINSTALL = :
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_triplet = @host@
+AMDEP = @AMDEP@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AWK = @AWK@
 CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
 CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
 CC = @CC@
 CPP = @CPP@
+CXX = @CXX@
+CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
 DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
 DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
+FESETROUND_LIBM = @FESETROUND_LIBM@
 GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GETLOADAVG_LIBS = @GETLOADAVG_LIBS@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
 GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
 GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GNU_PACKAGE = @GNU_PACKAGE@
 GT_NO = @GT_NO@
 GT_YES = @GT_YES@
 INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
@@ -72,36 +85,54 @@ INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
 INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
 INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
 INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+KMEM_GROUP = @KMEM_GROUP@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
 LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME = @LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME@
+LIB_CRYPT = @LIB_CRYPT@
+LIB_NANOSLEEP = @LIB_NANOSLEEP@
+MAN = @MAN@
 MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
 MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
-MVDIR_PROG = @MVDIR_PROG@
+NEED_SETGID = @NEED_SETGID@
+OPTIONAL_BIN_PROGS = @OPTIONAL_BIN_PROGS@
+OPTIONAL_BIN_ZCRIPTS = @OPTIONAL_BIN_ZCRIPTS@
 PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
 PERL = @PERL@
 POFILES = @POFILES@
 POSUB = @POSUB@
+POW_LIBM = @POW_LIBM@
 RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SEQ_LIBM = @SEQ_LIBM@
+SQRT_LIBM = @SQRT_LIBM@
 U = @U@
 USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
 USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
 VERSION = @VERSION@
 YACC = @YACC@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
 l = @l@

+
 info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi

 EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi

-# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: sh-utils.info.
-# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like sh-utils.info-[123],
-# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (sh-utils.info-) on some crufty
+# The following is necessary if the package name is 8 characters or longer.
+# If the info documentation would be split into 10 or more separate files,
+# then this is necessary even if the package name is 7 characters long.
+#
+# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: <package>.info.
+# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like <package>.info-[123],
+# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (<package>.info-) on some crufty
 # old systems.
 MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
+subdir = doc
 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
 CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
 CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
+DIST_SOURCES = 
 TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
-TEXINFO_TEX = $(srcdir)/texinfo.tex
 INFO_DEPS = fileutils.info
 DVIS = fileutils.dvi
 TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
@@ -109,34 +140,34 @@ DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in mdate-sh stamp-vti texinfo.tex \
 version.texi


-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-
-TAR = tar
-GZIP = --best
-all: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)

+GZIP_ENV = --best
+all: all-redirect
 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo .txi
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
 	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits doc/Makefile

-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
 	cd $(top_builddir) \
 	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status


-version.texi: stamp-vti
-	cp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
+$(srcdir)/version.texi: stamp-vti
+	@:

-stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
-	@echo "@set UPDATED `cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && $(SHELL) ./mdate-sh fileutils.texi`" > vti.tmp
-	@echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
-	@echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
-	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti \
-	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/stamp-vti"; \
-	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti)
+$(srcdir)/stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+	@(set `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $(srcdir)/fileutils.texi`; \
+	echo "@set UPDATED $$1 $$2 $$3"; \
+	echo "@set UPDATED-MONTH $$2 $$3"; \
+	echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)"; \
+	echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)") > vti.tmp
+	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi \
+	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/version.texi"; \
+	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi)
 	-@rm -f vti.tmp
+	@cp $(srcdir)/version.texi $@

 mostlyclean-vti:
 	-rm -f vti.tmp
@@ -146,7 +177,7 @@ clean-vti:
 distclean-vti:

 maintainer-clean-vti:
-	-rm -f stamp-vti version.texi
+	-rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi

 fileutils.info: fileutils.texi version.texi
 fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
@@ -201,9 +232,10 @@ DVIPS = dvips
 install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
 	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
-	@for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  for ifile in `cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
+	  for ifile in `CDPATH=: && cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
 	    if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
 	      echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
 	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile; \
@@ -212,7 +244,8 @@ install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
 	done
 	@$(POST_INSTALL)
 	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-	  for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
 	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\
 	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\
 	  done; \
@@ -221,40 +254,45 @@ install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
 uninstall-info:
 	$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
 	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-	  ii=yes; \
-	else ii=; fi; \
-	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	  test -z "$ii" \
-	    || install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
-	done
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file"; \
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else :; fi
 	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
-	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	  (cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
+	  (if cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir); then \
+	     echo " rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9])"; \
+	     rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]; \
+	   else :; fi); \
 	done

 dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
-	for base in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for base in $$list; do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  for file in `cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \
+	  for file in `CDPATH=: && cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \
 	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
 	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
 	  done; \
 	done

 mostlyclean-aminfo:
 	-rm -f fileutils.aux fileutils.cp fileutils.cps fileutils.dvi \
-	  fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.ky fileutils.kys \
-	  fileutils.ps fileutils.log fileutils.pg fileutils.toc \
-	  fileutils.tp fileutils.tps fileutils.vr fileutils.vrs \
-	  fileutils.op fileutils.tr fileutils.cv fileutils.cn
+	  fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.pgs fileutils.ky \
+	  fileutils.kys fileutils.ps fileutils.log fileutils.pg \
+	  fileutils.toc fileutils.tp fileutils.tps fileutils.vr \
+	  fileutils.vrs fileutils.op fileutils.tr fileutils.cv \
+	  fileutils.cn fileutils.cm fileutils.ov

 clean-aminfo:

 distclean-aminfo:

 maintainer-clean-aminfo:
-	for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
 	  rm -f $$i; \
 	  if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \
 	    rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \
@@ -266,74 +304,82 @@ TAGS:

 distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)

-subdir = doc
-
 distdir: $(DISTFILES)
-	here=`cd $(top_builddir) && pwd`; \
-	top_distdir=`cd $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \
-	distdir=`cd $(distdir) && pwd`; \
-	cd $(top_srcdir) \
-	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnits doc/Makefile
 	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
 	done
-	$(MAKE) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
-dvi: $(DVIS)
-check: all
-	$(MAKE)
-installcheck:
-install-exec: 
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
+info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+info: info-am
+dvi-am: $(DVIS)
+dvi: dvi-am
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+installcheck-am:
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-exec-am:
+install-exec: install-exec-am

-install-data: install-info-am
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-
-install: install-exec install-data all
-	@:
-
-uninstall: uninstall-info
+install-data-am: install-info-am
+install-data: install-data-am

+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+install: install-am
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
+all-redirect: all-am
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s install
 installdirs:
 	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)


 mostlyclean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)

 clean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)

 distclean-generic:
-	-rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
-	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)

 maintainer-clean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
-	-test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
+	-rm -f Makefile.in
+mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic

-clean:  clean-vti clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am

-distclean:  distclean-vti distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean
-	-rm -f config.status
+clean-am:  clean-vti clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean-am

-maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \
-		maintainer-clean-generic distclean
+clean: clean-am
+
+distclean-am:  distclean-vti distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+		maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."

+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
 .PHONY: mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti maintainer-clean-vti \
 install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo distclean-aminfo \
-clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info dvi installcheck \
-install-exec install-data install uninstall all installdirs \
-mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
+clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info-am info dvi-am \
+dvi check check-am installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am \
+install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am install \
+uninstall-am uninstall all-redirect all-am all install-strip \
+installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
 maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean


--- a/doc/getdate.texi
+++ b/doc/getdate.texi
@@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ midnight, 1 January 1970 UCT.

@menu
 * General date syntax::            Common rules.
-* Calendar date item::             19 Dec 1994.
-* Time of day item::               9:20pm.
-* Time zone item::                 EST, DST, BST, UTC, ...
-* Day of week item::               Monday and others.
-* Relative item in date strings::  next tuesday, 2 years ago.
+* Calendar date items::             19 Dec 1994.
+* Time of day items::               9:20pm.
+* Time zone items::                 EST, DST, BST, UTC, ...
+* Day of week items::               Monday and others.
+* Relative items in date strings::  next tuesday, 2 years ago.
 * Pure numbers in date strings::   19931219, 1440.
 * Authors of getdate::             Bellovin, Salz, Berets, et al.
@end menu
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ nested.  Hyphens not followed by a digit are currently ignored.  Leading
 zeros on numbers are ignored.


-@node Calendar date item
-@section Calendar date item
+@node Calendar date items
+@section Calendar date items

@cindex calendar date item

@@ -113,13 +113,14 @@ specified differently, depending on whether the month is specified
 numerically or literally.  All these strings specify the same calendar date:

@example
-1970-09-17           # ISO 8601.
-70-9-17              # This century assumed by default.
-70-09-17             # Leading zeros are ignored.
-9/17/72              # Common U.S. writing.
+1972-09-24     # ISO 8601.
+72-9-24        # Assume 19xx for 69 through 99,
+               # 20xx for 00 through 68.
+72-09-24       # Leading zeros are ignored.
+9/24/72        # Common U.S. writing.
 24 September 1972
-24 Sept 72           # September has a special abbreviation.
-24 Sep 72            # Three-letter abbreviations always allowed.
+24 Sept 72     # September has a special abbreviation.
+24 Sep 72      # Three-letter abbreviations always allowed.
 Sep 24, 1972
 24-sep-72
 24sep72
@@ -129,8 +130,8 @@ The year can also be omitted.  In this case, the last specified year is
 used, or the current year if none.  For example:

@example
-9/17
-sep 17
+9/24
+sep 24
@end example

 Here are the rules.
@@ -141,8 +142,9 @@ For numeric months, the ISO 8601 format
@samp{@var{year}-@var{month}-@var{day}} is allowed, where @var{year} is
 any positive number, @var{month} is a number between 01 and 12, and
@var{day} is a number between 01 and 31.  A leading zero must be present
-if a number is less than ten.  If @var{year} is less than 100, then 1900
-is added to it to force a date in this century.  The construct
+if a number is less than ten.  If @var{year} is 68 or smaller, then 2000
+is added to it; otherwise, if @var{year} is less than 100,
+then 1900 is added to it.  The construct
@samp{@var{month}/@var{day}/@var{year}}, popular in the United States,
 is accepted.  Also @samp{@var{month}/@var{day}}, omitting the year.

@@ -172,8 +174,8 @@ Or, omitting the year:
@end example


-@node Time of day item
-@section Time of day item
+@node Time of day items
+@section Time of day items

@cindex time of day item

@@ -222,8 +224,8 @@ Either @samp{am}/@samp{pm} or a time zone correction may be specified,
 but not both.


-@node Time zone item
-@section Time zone item
+@node Time zone items
+@section Time zone items

@cindex time zone item

@@ -342,8 +344,8 @@ may be specified.
@end table


-@node Day of week item
-@section Day of week item
+@node Day of week items
+@section Day of week items

@cindex day of week item

@@ -369,8 +371,8 @@ the day that @var{day} by itself would represent.
 A comma following a day of the week item is ignored.


-@node Relative item in date strings
-@section Relative item in date strings
+@node Relative items in date strings
+@section Relative items in date strings

@cindex relative items in date strings
@cindex displacement of dates
@@ -422,12 +424,12 @@ one day in the past (equivalent to @samp{day ago}).
 The strings @samp{now} or @samp{today} are relative items corresponding
 to zero-valued time displacement, these strings come from the fact
 a zero-valued time displacement represents the current time when not
-otherwise change by previous items.  They may be used to stress other
+otherwise changed by previous items.  They may be used to stress other
 items, like in @samp{12:00 today}.  The string @samp{this} also has
 the meaning of a zero-valued time displacement, but is preferred in
 date strings like @samp{this thursday}.

-When a relative item makes the resulting date to cross the boundary
+When a relative item causes the resulting date to cross the boundary
 between DST and non-DST (or vice-versa), the hour is adjusted according
 to the local time.

@@ -437,11 +439,11 @@ to the local time.

@cindex pure numbers in date strings

-The precise intepretation of a pure decimal number is dependent of
+The precise intepretation of a pure decimal number depends
 the context in the date string.

 If the decimal number is of the form @var{yyyy}@var{mm}@var{dd} and no
-other calendar date item (@pxref{Calendar date item}) appears before it
+other calendar date item (@pxref{Calendar date items}) appears before it
 in the date string, then @var{yyyy} is read as the year, @var{mm} as the
 month number and @var{dd} as the day of the month, for the specified
 calendar date.
--- a/doc/perm.texi
+++ b/doc/perm.texi
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ og+rX-w
 gives users other than the owner of the file read permission and, if
 it is a directory or if someone already had execute permission
 to it, gives them execute permission; and it also denies them write
-permission to it file.  It does not affect the permission that the
+permission to the file.  It does not affect the permission that the
 owner of the file has for it.  The above mode is equivalent to
 the two modes:

@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ the file to all users.
@cindex numeric modes
@cindex file permissions, numeric
@cindex octal numbers for file modes
-File permissions are stored internally as 16 bit integers.  As an
+File permissions are stored internally as integers.  As an
 alternative to giving a symbolic mode, you can give an octal (base 8)
 number that corresponds to the internal representation of the new mode.
 This number is always interpreted in octal; you do not have to add a
@@ -440,12 +440,13 @@ A numeric mode is usually shorter than the corresponding symbolic
 mode, but it is limited in that it can not take into account a file's
 previous permissions; it can only set them absolutely.

-The permissions granted to the user, to other users in the file's group,
+On most systems, the permissions granted to the user,
+to other users in the file's group,
 and to other users not in the file's group are each stored as three
 bits, which are represented as one octal digit.  The three special
 permissions are also each stored as one bit, and they are as a group
-represented as another octal digit.  Here is how the bits are arranged
-in the 16 bit integer, starting with the lowest valued bit:
+represented as another octal digit.  Here is how the bits are arranged,
+starting with the lowest valued bit:

@example
 Value in  Corresponding
--- a/doc/sh-utils.texi
+++ b/doc/sh-utils.texi
@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
 * factor: (sh-utils)factor invocation.          Print prime factors
 * false: (sh-utils)false invocation.            Do nothing, unsuccessfully.
 * groups: (sh-utils)groups invocation.          Print group names a user is in.
+* hostid: (sh-utils)hostid invocation.          Print numeric host identifier.
 * hostname: (sh-utils)hostname invocation.      Print or set system name.
 * id: (sh-utils)id invocation.                  Print real/effective uid/gid.
 * logname: (sh-utils)logname invocation.        Print current login name.
@@ -113,7 +114,7 @@ by the Foundation.
@end titlepage


-@ifinfo
+@ifnottex
@node Top
@top GNU shell utilities

@@ -140,7 +141,7 @@ This manual documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU shell utilities.

 * Index::                       General index.
@end menu
-@end ifinfo
+@end ifnottex


@node Introduction
@@ -166,7 +167,7 @@ The GNU shell utilities are mostly compatible with the POSIX.2 standard.
@c This paragraph appears in all of fileutils.texi, textutils.texi, and
@c sh-utils.texi too -- so be sure to keep them consistent.
@cindex bugs, reporting
-Please report bugs to @samp{sh-utils-bugs@@gnu.org}.  Remember
+Please report bugs to @samp{bug-sh-utils@@gnu.org}.  Remember
 to include the version number, machine architecture, input files, and
 any other information needed to reproduce the bug: your input, what you
 expected, what you got, and why it is wrong.  Diffs are welcome, but
@@ -320,6 +321,21 @@ the @var{format} string.
 and @samp{\xhhh} as a hexadecimal number (if @var{hhh} is 1 to 3 hex
 digits) specifying a character to print.

+@kindex \uhhhh
+@kindex \Uhhhhhhhh
+@code{printf} interprets two character syntaxes introduced in ISO C 99:
+@samp{\u} for 16-bit Unicode characters, specified as 4 hex digits
+@var{hhhh}, and @samp{\U} for 32-bit Unicode characters, specified as 8 hex
+digits @var{hhhhhhhh}. @code{printf} outputs the Unicode characters
+according to the LC_CTYPE part of the current locale, i.e. depending
+on the values of the environment variables @code{LC_ALL}, @code{LC_CTYPE},
+@code{LANG}.
+
+The processing of @samp{\u} and @samp{\U} requires a full-featured
+@code{iconv} facility. It is activated on systems with glibc 2.2 (or newer),
+or when @code{libiconv} is installed prior to the sh-utils. Otherwise the
+use of @samp{\u} and @samp{\U} will give an error message.
+
@kindex \c
 An additional escape, @samp{\c}, causes @code{printf} to produce no
 further output.
@@ -327,6 +343,41 @@ further output.
 The only options are a lone @samp{--help} or
@samp{--version}.  @xref{Common options}.

+The Unicode character syntaxes are useful for writing strings in a locale
+independent way. For example, a string containing the Euro currency symbol
+
+@example
+$ /usr/local/bin/printf '\u20AC 14.95'
+@end example
+
+will be output correctly in all locales supporting the Euro symbol
+(ISO-8859-15, UTF-8, and others). Similarly, a Chinese string
+
+@example
+$ /usr/local/bin/printf '\u4e2d\u6587'
+@end example
+
+will be output correctly in all chinese locales (GB2312, BIG5, UTF-8, etc).
+
+Note that in these examples, the full pathname of @code{printf} has been
+given, to distinguish it from the GNU @code{bash} builtin function
+@code{printf}.
+
+For larger strings, you don't need to look up the hexadecimal code values of
+each character one by one. ASCII characters mixed with \u escape sequences
+is also known as the JAVA source file encoding. You can use GNU recode 3.5c
+(or newer) to convert strings to this encoding. Here is how to convert a
+piece of text into a shell script which will output this text in a locale-
+independent way:
+
+@smallexample
+$ LC_CTYPE=zh_CN.big5 /usr/local/bin/printf \
+    '\u4e2d\u6587\n' > sample.txt
+$ recode BIG5..JAVA < sample.txt \
+    | sed -e "s|^|/usr/local/bin/printf '|" -e "s|$|\\\\n'|" \
+    > sample.sh
+@end smallexample
+

@node yes invocation
@section @code{yes}: Print a string until interrupted
@@ -366,15 +417,21 @@ pipeline.
@section @code{false}: Do nothing, unsuccessfully

@pindex false
-
-@cindex exit status of @code{true}
+@cindex do nothing, unsuccessfully
@cindex failure exit status
+@cindex exit status of @code{false}
+
@code{false} does nothing except return an exit status of 1, meaning
@dfn{failure}.  It can be used as a place holder in shell scripts
 where an unsuccessful command is needed.

-Any arguments are ignored, except for a lone @samp{--help} or
-@samp{--version} (@pxref{Common options}).
+@code{false} ignores @emph{all} command line arguments, even @samp{--help}
+and @samp{--version}, since to do otherwise would change expected
+behavior that some programmers may be relying on.
+
+This version of @code{false} is implemented as a C program, and is thus
+more secure and faster than a shell script implementation, and may safely
+be used as a dummy shell for the purpose of disabling accounts.


@node true invocation
@@ -384,15 +441,20 @@ Any arguments are ignored, except for a lone @samp{--help} or
@cindex do nothing, successfully
@cindex no-op
@cindex successful exit
-
@cindex exit status of @code{true}
+
@code{true} does nothing except return an exit status of 0, meaning
@dfn{success}.  It can be used as a place holder in shell scripts
 where a successful command is needed, although the shell built-in
-command @code{:} (colon) may be faster.
+command @code{:} (colon) does the same thing faster.

-Any arguments are ignored, except for a lone @samp{--help} or
-@samp{--version} (@pxref{Common options}).
+@code{true} ignores @emph{all} command line arguments, even @samp{--help}
+and @samp{--version}, since to do otherwise would change expected
+behavior that some programmers may be relying on.
+
+This version of @code{true} is implemented as a C program, and is thus
+more secure and faster than a shell script implementation, and may safely
+be used as a dummy shell for the purpose of disabling accounts.


@node test invocation
@@ -695,7 +757,7 @@ True if either @var{expr1} or @var{expr2} is true.
@code{expr} evaluates an expression and writes the result on standard
 output.  Each token of the expression must be a separate argument.

-Operands are either numbers or strings.  @code{expr} coerces
+Operands are either numbers or strings.  @code{expr} converts
 anything appearing in an operand position to an integer or a string
 depending on the operation being applied to it.

@@ -741,7 +803,7 @@ the next sections).
@cindex pattern matching
@cindex regular expression matching
@cindex matching patterns
-Perform pattern matching.  The arguments are coerced to strings and the
+Perform pattern matching.  The arguments are converted to strings and the
 second is considered to be a (basic, a la GNU @code{grep}) regular
 expression, with a @code{^} implicitly prepended.  The first argument is
 then matched against this regular expression.
@@ -797,7 +859,7 @@ This makes it possible to test @code{expr length quote "$x"} or
@code{expr quote "$x" : '.*/\(.\)'} and have it do the right thing even if
 the value of @var{$x} happens to be (for example) @code{/} or @code{index}.
 This operator is a GNU extension.  It is disabled when
-the environment variable @var{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is set.
+the environment variable @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is set.

@end table

@@ -822,7 +884,7 @@ the connectives (next section) have higher.
@kindex -
@cindex addition
@cindex subtraction
-Addition and subtraction.  Both arguments are coerced to numbers;
+Addition and subtraction.  Both arguments are converted to numbers;
 an error occurs if this cannot be done.

@item * / %
@@ -832,7 +894,7 @@ an error occurs if this cannot be done.
@cindex multiplication
@cindex division
@cindex remainder
-Multiplication, division, remainder.  Both arguments are coerced to
+Multiplication, division, remainder.  Both arguments are converted to
 numbers; an error occurs if this cannot be done.

@end table
@@ -874,9 +936,9 @@ Return its first argument if neither argument is null or 0, otherwise
@kindex >=
@cindex comparison operators
 Compare the arguments and return 1 if the relation is true, 0 otherwise.
-@code{==} is a synonym for @code{=}.  @code{expr} first tries to coerce
+@code{==} is a synonym for @code{=}.  @code{expr} first tries to convert
 both arguments to numbers and do a numeric comparison; if either
-coercion fails, it does a lexicographic comparison.
+conversion fails, it does a lexicographic comparison.

@end table

@@ -1165,7 +1227,7 @@ Print all current settings in human-readable form.  This option may not
 be used in combination with any line settings.

@item -F @var{device}
-@itemx --file @var{device}
+@itemx --file=@var{device}
@opindex -F
@opindex --file
 Set the line opened by the filename specified in @var{device} instead of
@@ -1558,9 +1620,10 @@ values.
 Same as:
@c This is too long to write inline.
@example
-cread -ignbrk brkint -inlcr -igncr icrnl -ixoff -iuclc -ixany
-imaxbel opost -olcuc -ocrnl onlcr -onocr -onlret -ofill -ofdel
-nl0 cr0 tab0 bs0 vt0 ff0 isig icanon iexten echo echoe echok -echonl
+cread -ignbrk brkint -inlcr -igncr icrnl -ixoff
+-iuclc -ixany imaxbel opost -olcuc -ocrnl onlcr
+-onocr -onlret -ofill -ofdel nl0 cr0 tab0 bs0 vt0
+ff0 isig icanon iexten echo echoe echok -echonl
 -noflsh -xcase -tostop -echoprt echoctl echoke
@end example
@noindent and also sets all special characters to their default values.
@@ -1576,9 +1639,9 @@ May be negated.  If negated, same as @code{raw}.
@opindex raw
 Same as:
@example
-ignbrk -brkint -ignpar -parmrk -inpck -istrip -inlcr -igncr
-icrnl -ixon -ixoff -iuclc -ixany -imaxbel -opost -isig -icanon
-xcase min 1 time 0
+-ignbrk -brkint -ignpar -parmrk -inpck -istrip
+-inlcr -igncr -icrnl -ixon -ixoff -iuclc -ixany
+-imaxbel -opost -isig -icanon -xcase min 1 time 0
@end example
@noindent May be negated.  If negated, same as @code{cooked}.

@@ -1722,7 +1785,7 @@ the time value has expired, when @code{-icanon} is set.

@item time @var{n}
@opindex time
-Set the number of tenths of a second before reads time out if the min
+Set the number of tenths of a second before reads time out if the minimum
 number of characters have not been read, when @code{-icanon} is set.

@item ispeed @var{n}
@@ -1748,8 +1811,8 @@ Tell the kernel that the terminal has @var{n} columns.  Non-POSIX.
@vindex LINES
@vindex COLUMNS
 Print the number of rows and columns that the kernel thinks the
-terminal has.  (Systems that don't support rows and cols in the kernel
-typically use the environment variables @code{LINES} and @code{COLUMNS}
+terminal has.  (Systems that don't support rows and columns in the kernel
+typically use the environment variables @env{LINES} and @env{COLUMNS}
 instead; however, GNU @code{stty} does not know anything about them.)
 Non-POSIX.

@@ -1763,6 +1826,8 @@ Print the terminal speed.

@item @var{n}
@cindex baud rate, setting
+@c FIXME: Is this still true that the baud rate can't be set
+@c higher than 38400?
 Set the input and output speeds to @var{n}.  @var{n} can be one
 of: 0 50 75 110 134 134.5 150 200 300 600 1200 1800 2400 4800 9600
 19200 38400 @code{exta} @code{extb}.  @code{exta} is the same as
@@ -2120,6 +2185,7 @@ information.
 * date invocation::             Print or set system date and time.
 * uname invocation::            Print system information.
 * hostname invocation::         Print or set system name.
+* hostid invocation::           Print numeric host identifier.
@end menu


@@ -2390,6 +2456,33 @@ input.  This is useful when you have many dates to process, because the
 system overhead of starting up the @code{date} executable many times can
 be considerable.

+@item -I[@var{timespec}]
+@itemx --iso-8601[=@var{timespec}]
+@opindex -I[@var{timespec}]
+@opindex --iso-8601[=@var{timespec}]
+Display the date using the ISO 8601 format, @samp{%Y-%m-%d}.
+
+The optional argument @var{timespec} specifies the number of additional
+terms of the time to include.  It can be one of the following:
+@table @samp
+@item auto
+The default behavior: print just the date.
+
+@item hours
+Append the hour of the day to the date.
+
+@item minutes
+Append the hours and minutes.
+
+@item seconds
+Append the hours, minutes, and seconds.
+@end table
+
+If showing any time terms, then include the time zone using the format
+@samp{%z}.  If @samp{--utc} is also specified, use @samp{%Z} in place of
+@samp{%z}.
+
+@item -R
@itemx --rfc-822
@opindex -R
@opindex --rfc-822
@@ -2507,7 +2600,7 @@ date --date='1970-01-01 00:00:01 UTC +5 hours' +%s
@end example

 Suppose you had @emph{not} specified time zone information in the example above.
-Then, date would have used your computer's idea of the time zone when
+Then, @code{date} would have used your computer's idea of the time zone when
 interpreting the string.  Here's what you would get if you were in
 Greenwich, England:

@@ -2627,7 +2720,6 @@ Print the operating system version.

@end table

-
@node hostname invocation
@section @code{hostname}: Print or set system name

@@ -2650,6 +2742,29 @@ The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
 options}.


+@node hostid invocation
+@section @code{hostid}: Print numeric host identifier.
+
+@pindex hostid
+@cindex printing the host identifier
+
+@code{hostid} prints the numeric identifier of the current host
+in hexadecimal.  This command accepts no arguments.
+The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.
+@xref{Common options}.
+
+For example, here's what it prints on one system I use:
+
+@example
+$ hostid
+1bac013d
+@end example
+
+On that system, the 32-bit quantity happens to be closely
+related to the system's Internet address, but that isn't always
+the case.
+
+
@node Modified command invocation
@chapter Modified command invocation

@@ -2690,12 +2805,40 @@ Ordinarily, filenames are looked up starting at the root of the
 directory structure, i.e., @file{/}.  @code{chroot} changes the root to
 the directory @var{newroot} (which must exist) and then runs
@var{command} with optional @var{args}.  If @var{command} is not
-specified, the default is the value of the @code{SHELL} environment
+specified, the default is the value of the @env{SHELL} environment
 variable or @code{/bin/sh} if not set, invoked with the @samp{-i} option.

 The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
 options}.

+Here are a few tips to help avoid common problems in using chroot.
+To start with a simple example, make @var{command} refer to a statically
+linked binary.  If you were to use a dynamically linked executable, then
+you'd have to arrange to have the shared libraries in the right place under
+your new root directory.
+
+For example, if you create a statically linked `ls' executable,
+and put it in /tmp/empty, you can run this command as root:
+
+@example
+$ chroot /tmp/empty /ls -Rl /
+@end example
+
+Then you'll see output like this:
+
+@example
+/:
+total 1023
+-rwxr-xr-x    1 0        0         1041745 Aug 16 11:17 ls
+@end example
+
+If you want to use a dynamically linked executable, say @code{bash},
+then first run @samp{ldd bash} to see what shared objects it needs.
+Then, in addition to copying the actual binary, also copy the listed
+files to the required positions under your intended new root directory.
+Finally, if the executable requires any other files (e.g., data, state,
+device files), copy them into place, too.
+

@node env invocation
@section @code{env}: Run a command in a modified environment
@@ -2720,7 +2863,7 @@ to an empty value is different from unsetting it.

@vindex PATH
 The first remaining argument specifies the program name to invoke; it is
-searched for according to the @code{PATH} environment variable.  Any
+searched for according to the @env{PATH} environment variable.  Any
 remaining arguments are passed as arguments to that program.

@cindex environment, printing
@@ -2864,9 +3007,9 @@ effective user id of zero (the super-user).
@vindex LOGNAME
@cindex login shell
 By default, @code{su} does not change the current directory.
-It sets the environment variables @code{HOME} and @code{SHELL}
+It sets the environment variables @env{HOME} and @env{SHELL}
 from the password entry for @var{user}, and if @var{user} is not
-the super-user, sets @code{USER} and @code{LOGNAME} to @var{user}.
+the super-user, sets @env{USER} and @env{LOGNAME} to @var{user}.
 By default, the shell is not a login shell.

 Any additional @var{arg}s are passed as additional arguments to the
@@ -2917,10 +3060,10 @@ expansion (globbing), which is not likely to be useful.
@vindex PATH
@cindex login shell, creating
 Make the shell a login shell.  This means the following.  Unset all
-environment variables except @code{TERM}, @code{HOME}, and @code{SHELL}
-(which are set as described above), and @code{USER} and @code{LOGNAME}
+environment variables except @env{TERM}, @env{HOME}, and @env{SHELL}
+(which are set as described above), and @env{USER} and @env{LOGNAME}
 (which are set, even for the super-user, as described above), and set
-@code{PATH} to a compiled-in default value.  Change to @var{user}'s home
+@env{PATH} to a compiled-in default value.  Change to @var{user}'s home
 directory.  Prepend @samp{-} to the shell's name, intended to make it
 read its login startup file(s).

@@ -2933,9 +3076,9 @@ read its login startup file(s).
@cindex environment, preserving
@flindex /etc/shells
@cindex restricted shell
-Do not change the environment variables @code{HOME}, @code{USER},
-@code{LOGNAME}, or @code{SHELL}.  Run the shell given in the environment
-variable @code{SHELL} instead of the shell from @var{user}'s passwd
+Do not change the environment variables @env{HOME}, @env{USER},
+@env{LOGNAME}, or @env{SHELL}.  Run the shell given in the environment
+variable @env{SHELL} instead of the shell from @var{user}'s passwd
 entry, unless the user running @code{su} is not the superuser and
@var{user}'s shell is restricted.  A @dfn{restricted shell} is one that
 is not listed in the file @file{/etc/shells}, or in a compiled-in list
@@ -3003,7 +3146,7 @@ the values of the command line arguments.
 Synopsis:

@example
-sleep [@var{number}[smhd]]@dots{}
+sleep @var{number}[smhd]@dots{}
@end example

@cindex time units
@@ -3021,6 +3164,10 @@ hours
 days
@end table

+Historical implementations of @code{sleep} have required that
+@var{number} be an integer.  However, GNU @code{sleep} accepts
+arbitrary floating point numbers.
+
 The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
 options}.

@@ -3056,6 +3203,24 @@ numbers from standard input, delimited by newlines, tabs, or spaces.
 The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
 options}.

+The algorithm it uses is not very sophisticated, so for some inputs
+@code{factor} runs for a long time.  The hardest numbers to factor are
+the products of large primes.  Factoring the product of the two largest 32-bit
+prime numbers takes over 10 minutes of CPU time on a 400MHz Pentium II.
+
+@example
+$ p=`echo '4294967279 * 4294967291'|bc`
+$ factor $p
+18446743979220271189: 4294967279 4294967291
+@end example
+
+In contrast, @code{factor} factors the largest 64-bit number in just
+over a tenth of a second:
+
+@example
+$ factor `echo '2^64-1'|bc`
+18446744073709551615: 3 5 17 257 641 65537 6700417
+@end example

@node seq invocation
@section @code{seq}: Print numeric sequences
@@ -3067,13 +3232,13 @@ options}.
@code{seq} prints a sequence of numbers to standard output.  Synopses:

@example
-seq [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{first} [@var{step}]] @var{last}@dots{}
+seq [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{first} [@var{increment}]] @var{last}@dots{}
@end example

@code{seq} prints the numbers from @var{first} to @var{last} by
-@var{step}.  By default, @var{first} and @var{step} are both 1, and each
-number is printed on its own line.  All numbers can be reals, not just
-integers.
+@var{increment}.  By default, @var{first} and @var{increment} are both 1,
+and each number is printed on its own line.  All numbers can be reals,
+not just integers.

 The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.

@@ -3084,8 +3249,8 @@ The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
@opindex --format=@var{format}
@cindex formatting of numbers in @code{seq}
 Print all numbers using @var{format}; default @samp{%g}.
-@var{format} must contain exactly one of the standarding float output
-formats @samp{%e}, @samp{%f}, or @samp{%g}.
+@var{format} must contain exactly one of the floating point
+output formats @samp{%e}, @samp{%f}, or @samp{%g}.

@item -s @var{string}
@itemx --separator=@var{string}
@@ -3100,6 +3265,95 @@ Print all numbers with the same width, by padding with leading zeroes.

@end table

+If you want to use @code{seq} to print sequences of large integer values,
+don't use the default @samp{%g} format since it can result in
+loss of precision:
+
+@example
+$ seq 1000000 1000001
+1e+06
+1e+06
+@end example
+
+Instead, you can use the format, @samp{%1.f},
+to print large decimal numbers with no exponent and no decimal point.
+
+@example
+$ seq --format=%1.f 1000000 1000001
+1000000
+1000001
+@end example
+
+If you want hexadecimal output, you can use @code{printf}
+to perform the conversion:
+
+@example
+$ printf %x'\n' `seq -f %1.f 1048575 1024 1050623`
+fffff
+1003ff
+1007ff
+@end example
+
+For very long lists of numbers, use xargs to avoid
+system limitations on the length of an argument list:
+
+@example
+$ seq -f %1.f 1000000 | xargs printf %x'\n' |tail -3
+f423e
+f423f
+f4240
+@end example
+
+To generate octal output, use the printf @code{%o} format instead
+of @code{%x}.  Note however that using printf works only for numbers
+smaller than @code{2^32}:
+
+@example
+$ printf "%x\n" `seq -f %1.f 4294967295 4294967296`
+ffffffff
+bash: printf: 4294967296: Numerical result out of range
+@end example
+
+On most systems, seq can produce whole-number output for values up to
+@code{2^53}, so here's a more general approach to base conversion that
+also happens to be more robust for such large numbers.  It works by
+using @code{bc} and setting its output radix variable, @var{obase},
+to @samp{16} in this case to produce hexadecimal output.
+
+@example
+$ (echo obase=16; seq -f %1.f 4294967295 4294967296)|bc
+FFFFFFFF
+100000000
+@end example
+
+Be careful when using @code{seq} with a fractional @var{increment},
+otherwise you may see surprising results.  Most people would expect to
+see @code{0.3} printed as the last number in this example:
+
+@example
+$ seq -s' ' 0 .1 .3
+0 0.1 0.2
+@end example
+
+But doesn't happen on most systems because @code{seq} is implemented using
+binary floating point arithmetic (via the C @code{double} type) -- which
+means some decimal numbers like @code{.1} cannot be represented exactly.
+That in turn means some nonintuitive conditions like @code{.1 * 3 > .3}
+will end up being true.
+
+To work around that in the above example, use a slightly larger number as
+the @var{last} value:
+
+@example
+$ seq -s' ' 0 .1 .31
+0 0.1 0.2 0.3
+@end example
+
+In general, when using an @var{increment} with a fractional part, where
+(@var{last} - @var{first}) / @var{increment} is (mathematically) a whole
+number, specify a slightly larger (or smaller, if @var{increment} is negative)
+value for @var{last} to ensure that @var{last} is the final value printed
+by seq.

@node Index
@unnumbered Index
--- a/doc/texinfo.tex
+++ b/doc/texinfo.tex
--- a/doc/textutils.texi
+++ b/doc/textutils.texi
--- a/lib/.cppi-disable
+++ b/lib/.cppi-disable
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+error.h
+fnmatch.h
+getopt.h
+getopt.c
+getopt1.c
+md5.h
+obstack.h
+regex.h
+regex.c
+getpagesize.h
--- a/lib/.cvsignore
+++ b/lib/.cvsignore
@@ -1,9 +1,13 @@
+.deps
 Makefile
+charset.alias
 getdate.c
-posixtm.c
-safe-stat.h
-safe-stat.c
+getdate.tab.c
+lstat.c
+ref-add.sed
+ref-del.sed
 safe-lstat.c
 safe-lstat.h
-getdate.tab.c
-.deps
+safe-stat.c
+safe-stat.h
+stat.c
--- a/lib/.gdb-history
+++ b/lib/.gdb-history
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+r 206.65.212.10
+b main
+r
+n
+s
+n
+p addr
+p addr
+p he->h_name
+n
+q
+b canon_host 
+r 206.65.212.10
+n
+p he
+p *he
+n
+n
+p (he->h_addrtype)
+n
+q
+r a:b
+b main
+r a:b
+n
+s
+n
+p separator
+n
+l 128
+c
+q
+r meyering:store
+p *username
+p *username[separator - name]
+p separator - name
+p username[separator - name]
+r ''
+l
+q
+r ''
+l
+q
+r meyering
+b main
+r meyering
+n
+r
+n
+s
+n
+p u
+n
+n
+q
+r ''
+r meyering
+up
+l
+q
+b main
+b a.out 1
+r a.out 1
+n
+s
+fin
+s
+n
+p uid
+p gid
+p euid
+p egid
+n
+p mode
+p path
+fin
+r -v -c 10 -n 20 -x 80 < in-2
+up
+up
+p &dummy
+p *ovp
+p *(int*)*ovp
+p ((struct item*)*ovp)->key
+p old_vec@10
+r -v -c 10 -n 20 -x 80 < in-3
+p *(int*)*ovp
+up
+dow
+p *(int*)*ovp
+up
+p *(int*)*ovp
+i loca
+dow
+p key
+p dummy
+p &dummy
+up
+p old_vec
+p *ovp
+p ovp
+p ovp - old_vec
+p *old_vec@10
+p *old_vec@13
+b hash_insert_item
+r
+b hash_insert_item_at 
+r
+n
+p fail
+p *(ht->vec)@13
+p *(ht->ht_vec)@13
+p ((struct item*)(ht->ht_vec)[10])->key
+b hash_delete_item
+b hash_delete_item_at 
+c
+n
+p slot
+p item
+n
+n
+p *(ht->ht_vec)@13
+p &dummy
+p dummy
+n
+s
+n
+n
+p *(ht->ht_vec)@13
+n
+p new_size
+n
+p *old_vec@13
+p old_vec@13
+n
+p *old_vec@13
+n
+p *old_vec@13
+n
+l
+n
+p ovp - old_vec
+n
+p ovp - old_vec
+n
+p ovp - old_vec
+p *old_vec@13
+p &dummy
+q
+r 444444444444 44444444444
+b human_readable 
+r
+n
+q
+b main
+r 444444444444 44444444444
+n
+p a
+p b
+r 34343434 3434343434
+c
+r
+n
+n
+p a
+p b
+r 343434343 343434343
+c
+q
+b posixtime 
+r
+n
+s
+n
+p len
+n
+p pair
+p len
+n
+b year
+y
+c
+c
+p n
+up
+p len
+q
+complete b user
+complete b user
+complete b pars
+b parse_user_spec 
+r a.b
+n
+n
+p u
+n
+p u
+n
+r -r .aa > k
+pwd
+q
+b main
+r
+b get_date
+c
+n
+p tm
+n
+p tm
+n
+p pc
+n
+p tm
+n
+p tm
+n
+p delta
+n
+p Start
+q
--- a/lib/ChangeLog
+++ b/lib/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,858 @@
+2000-09-09  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	Don't use atoi.
+	* userspec.c: Include sys/param.h and limits.h.
+	Include xstrtol.h.
+	(CHAR_BIT, TYPE_SIGNED, TYPE_MINIMUM, TYPE_MAXIMUM): Define.
+	(UID_T_MAX, GID_T_MAX, MAXUID, MAXGID): Define.
+	(parse_user_spec): Use xstrtoul, not atoi when converting numeric
+	UID, GID.  Check range.
+
+2000-09-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getopt.c (_getopt_internal): Update from glibc.
+
+2000-08-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strftime.c: Merge in changes from GNU libc.
+
+2000-08-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* closeout.c: Include "__fpending.h".
+	(close_stdout_status): Return right away if there's nothing to flush.
+
+	* Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Add __fpending.h.
+	* __fpending.c: New file.
+	* __fpending.h: New file.
+
+2000-08-07  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	Standardize on "memory exhausted" instead of "Memory exhausted"
+	or "virtual memory exhausted".
+	* obstack.c (print_and_abort): Use "memory exhausted", not
+	"virtual memory exhausted".
+	* same.c (same_name): Invoke xalloc_die instead of printing
+	our own message.
+	* userspec.c (parse_user_spec): Likewise.
+	* bumpalloc.h: comment fix
+	* same.c, userspec.c: Include xalloc.h.
+
+	* xalloc.h (xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted): Now char const[],
+	not char *const and pointing to a constant array.
+	* xmalloc.c (xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted): Likewise.
+	(xrealloc): Comment fix.
+
+	* userspec.c (parse_user_spec):
+	Don't translate a message until just before returning,
+	to avoid unnecessary translation.
+
+2000-08-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* addext.c, argmatch.c, argmatch.h, backupfile.h, bumpalloc.h,
+	chown.c, diacrit.h, dirname.h, dup2.c, exclude.h, fileblocks.c,
+	fnmatch.c, fnmatch.h, fsusage.c, fsusage.h, getdate.h,
+	getgroups.c, gethostname.c, getopt.h, group-member.c,
+	hard-locale.c, hash.h, isdir.c, lchown.c, linebuffer.c,
+	linebuffer.h, long-options.h, malloc.c, md5.c, md5.h, memchr.c,
+	memcmp.c, memcoll.c, memset.c, mktime.c, modechange.h, obstack.h,
+	pathmax.h, realloc.c, rmdir.c, safe-read.c, save-cwd.c, stime.c,
+	stpcpy.c, strcasecmp.c, strcspn.c, strdup.c, stripslash.c,
+	strstr.c, strtod.c, strtol.c, strtoul.c, strtoull.c, strtoumax.c,
+	utime.c, version-etc.h, xalloc.h, xstrdup.c, xstrtoumax.c,
+	yesno.c: Back out Copyright date changes for each file with no change
+	this year.  This eases coordination with other programs using the same
+	source code modules.  From Paul Eggert.
+
+2000-08-03  Greg McGary  <greg@mcgary.org>
+
+	* regex.c (SET_HIGH_BOUND, MOVE_BUFFER_POINTER,
+	ELSE_EXTEND_BUFFER_HIGH_BOUND): New macros.
+	(EXTEND_BUFFER): Use them.
+
+2000-08-01  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dirname.c (ISSLASH): Define.
+	(BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR): Define.
+	(dir_name) [BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR]: Handle the case in which
+	both `\' and `/' may be use as path separators.
+	Based on a patch from Prashant TR.
+
+2000-07-31  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c (quotearg_n_options): Don't make the initial
+	slot vector a constant, since it might get modified.
+
+2000-07-31  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* xmalloc.c: Use `virtual memory exhausted', not `Memory exhausted'.
+	* obstack.c (print_and_abort): Likewise.
+
+2000-07-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c (quotearg_n_options): Preallocate a slot 0
+	buffer, so that the caller can always quote one small
+	component of a "memory exhausted" message in slot 0.
+	From a suggestion by Jim Meyering.
+
+2000-07-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* makepath.c (make_path): Quote the other instance, too.
+
+	* quotearg.c (N_STATIC_SLOTVECS): Define.
+	(STATIC_BUF_SIZE): Define.
+	(quotearg_n_options): Use only statically allocated storage when
+	N < N_STATIC_SLOTVECS and the length of the quoted result is smaller
+	than STATIC_BUF_SIZE.
+
+2000-07-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* diacrit.c (diacrit_diac): Use __MSDOS__ in favor of MSDOS.
+	* dirname.c (dir_name): Likewise.
+
+	* basename.c (base_name): Use ISSLASH rather than comparing against `/'.
+
+	* dirname.c (dir_name) [MSDOS]: Declare `lim' to be const.
+	(dir_name): Assert that there are no trailing slashes.
+
+2000-07-18  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* mbswidth.h (mbswidth): Add a flags argument.
+	(mbswidth): New declaration.
+	(MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID, MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE): New macros.
+	* mbswidth.c (mbswidth): Add a flags argument.
+	(mbsnwidth): New function.
+
+2000-07-24  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* mbswidth.c: Remove useless #else.  From Bruno Haible.
+
+2000-07-23  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* mbswidth.c (_XOPEN_SOURCE):
+	Don't define; this causes problems on Solaris 7.
+	(wcwidth) [!HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH]: Declare.
+
+2000-07-23  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c:
+	Include <wchar.h> even if ! (HAVE_MBRTOWC && 1 < MB_LEN_MAX),
+	so that mbstate_t is always defined.
+
+	Do not inspect MB_LEN_MAX, since it's incorrectly defined to
+	be 1 in at least one GCC installation, and this configuration
+	error is likely to be common.  Ignoring MB_LEN_MAX hurts
+	performance on hosts that have mbrtowc but have only unibyte
+	locales, but I assume these hosts are rare.
+
+2000-07-23  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c: Streamline by invoking multibyte code only if needed.
+	<wchar.h>: Include only if HAVE_MBRTOWC && 1 < MB_LEN_MAX.
+	(MB_CUR_MAX): Redefine to 1 if ! (HAVE_MBRTOWC && 1 < MB_LEN_MAX).
+	(quotearg_buffer_restyled): If a unibyte locale, don't bother to
+	invoke multibyte primitives.
+
+2000-07-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* basename.c (base_name): Add an assertion.
+
+2000-07-15  Bruno Haible  <clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* quotearg.c: When the system forces us to redefine mbstate_t,
+	shadow its mbsinit function.
+
+2000-07-16  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* mbswidth.h: New file.
+	* mbswidth.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.am (libfetish_a_SOURCES): Add mbswidth.c.
+	(noinst_HEADERS): Add mbswidth.h.
+
+2000-07-17  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* config.charset: Add support for FreeBSD. Improve support for HP-UX
+	and IRIX 6.
+
+2000-07-15  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* makepath.c: Include quote.h.
+	(make_path): Convert "`%s'" in format strings to "%s", and wrap each
+	corresponding argument in a `quote (...)' call.
+	Give better diagnostics.
+
+	* Makefile.am (libfetish_a_SOURCES): Add quote.c.
+	(noinst_HEADERS): Add quote.h.
+
+	* quote.c (quote, quote_n): New file.  Two functions taken verbatim
+	from tar's src/misc.c.
+	* quote.h: New file.  Prototypes for same.
+
+2000-07-10  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	From a suggestion by Bruno Haible.
+	* quotearg.c (mbrtowc): Do not use HAVE_WCHAR_H in the definition.
+	Use defined mbstate_t, not HAVE_MBSTATE_T_OBJECT,
+	to decide whether to define the BeOS workaround macro;
+	this adjusts to the change to AC_MBSTATE_T.
+
+2000-07-13  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* quotearg.h (enum quoting style): New enum clocale_quoting_style.
+
+	* quotearg.c: (quoting_style_args, quoting_style_vals,
+	quotearg_buffer_restyled): Add support for
+	clocale_quoting_style.  Undo previous change to
+	locale_quoting_style behavior, and undo the "{LEFT QUOTATION MARK}"
+	and "{RIGHT QUOTATION MARK}" msgids.
+
+2000-07-05  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	The old behavior of quoting `like this' doesn't look good with
+	newer, ISO-style fonts.  See:
+	http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
+
+	Instead, quote "like this" by default.  Let the translator
+	tailor the locale-specific quoting behavior by providing
+	translations for {LEFT QUOTATION MARK} and {RIGHT QUOTATION MARK}.
+
+	* quotearg.c (N_): New macro.
+	(gettext_default): New function.
+	(quotearg_buffer_restyled): Use
+	gettext_default ("{LEFT QUOTATION MARK}", "\"") for left quote, and
+	gettext_default ("{RIGHT QUOTATION MARK}", "\"") for right quote.
+
+2000-07-09  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Most files: Update copyright dates to include 2000.
+
+2000-07-08  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* xgethostname.c (ENAMETOOLONG): Define to an unlikely value
+	if not defined.
+	(xgethostname): Remove now-unnecessary #ifdef.
+	Move declaration of `err' into loop where it's used.
+
+2000-07-05  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* xgethostname.c (xgethostname): Protect against the SunOS5.5 bug
+	by allocating a larger buffer. Test the gethostname return value for
+	being >= 0, not == 0, for BeOS.  Don't exhaust memory if gethostname
+	returns an error and ENAMETOOLONG isn't defined.
+
+2000-07-05  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+	and Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* quotearg.c (mbrtowc): Declare returned type, since BeOS doesn't.
+
+2000-07-05  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* quotearg.c (struct quoting_options): Simplify quote_these_too
+	dimension.
+
+2000-07-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strndup.c: [!HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN]: Declare strnlen.
+	Reported by Bruno Haible.
+
+2000-07-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c: Make inclusion of <wchar.h> independent of whether
+	HAVE_MBRTOWC is set.  Required at least for irix-5.6, which
+	lacks mbrtowc.
+
+2000-07-03  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+	and Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* quotearg.c (mbrtowc):
+	Assign to *pwc, and return 1 only if result is nonzero.
+	(iswprint): Use ISPRINT when substituting our own mbrtowc.
+
+2000-07-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* readutmp.h: [HAVE_UTMPX_H]: Include <utmp.h> if HAVE_UTMP_H.
+	This is necessary to get a definition of e.g., UTMP_FILE on HP-UX 10.20.
+	From Bob Proulx.
+
+2000-07-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c (mbstate_t): Don't define here.
+
+2000-07-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* nanosleep.c (SIGCONT): Define if not already defined.
+
+2000-06-17  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* mountlist.c: Use MOUNTED_FS_STAT_DEV instead of MOUNTED_NEXT_DEV,
+	per change in ../m4/ls-mntd-fs.m4.
+	(read_filesystem_list): Ignore symbolic links.
+
+2000-06-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* same.c: Include <string.h> or <strings.h>, as appropriate,
+	for declaration of strcmp.
+
+	* long-options.c: Include <stdlib.h>, for declaration of exit.
+
+	* mountlist.c (fsp_to_string) [HAVE_F_FSTYPENAME_IN_STATFS]:
+	Avoid warning by casting result to `char *' to remove `const'.
+
+2000-06-17  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* Makefile.am (libfetish_a_SOURCES): Remove readutmp.c.
+
+2000-06-26  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	savedir now sets errno on failure and invokes xmalloc to get memory.
+	Fix a couple of other minor bugs while we're at it.
+
+	* savedir.c (<unistd.h>): Do not include; there's no need.
+	(NAMLEN): Remove macro.
+	(malloc, realloc): Remove decls.
+	(stpcpy): Likewise.
+	("xalloc.h"): Include.
+	(NAME_SIZE_DEFAULT): New macro.
+	(savedir): Use xmalloc / xrealloc to allocate memory.
+	Use NAME_SIZE_DEFAULT if name_size is negative or overflows to zero.
+	Skip "" directory entries.
+	Use strlen to calculate directory entry length, since the old method
+	is rarely used these days and isn't worth supporting.
+	Don't use a pointer after freeing it.
+	Check for integer overflow when calculating allocation size.
+	Use memcpy to copy entries, instead of stpcpy.
+	Set errno properly when returning NULL.
+	Check for readdir error.
+
+2000-06-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* posixtm.c [HAVE_STDLIB_H]: Include stdlib.h, for decl of abort.
+
+2000-06-17  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* getusershell.c (xmalloc, xrealloc): Remove functions.
+	Include xalloc.h.
+	Don't include <stdlib.h>.  Don't declare malloc, realloc.
+
+2000-06-23  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* unicodeio.c (print_unicode_char): Work around ansi2knr deficiency.
+
+2000-06-24  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* error.c [!HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R]: Declare strerror_r.
+
+2000-06-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getpass.c: New file, from Bruno Haible.  Required for BeOS.
+
+2000-06-19  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c: Include <wctype.h> after <wchar.h>, for Solaris 2.5.
+	(mbrtowc, mbstate_t): Define substitutes if
+	HAVE_MBRTOWC && HAVE_WCHAR_H && !HAVE_MBSTATE_T_OBJECT.
+	(iswprint): Define to 1 if !defined iswprint && !HAVE_ISWPRINT,
+	not if ! (HAVE_MBRTOWC && HAVE_WCHAR_H).
+
+2000-06-17  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* xgetcwd.c (xgetcwd): If the required pathname length is smaller
+	than 1024, return a memory chunk of least possible size, instead
+	of size PATH_MAX + 2. In the loop, increment the size proportionally.
+	Use free/xmalloc instead of xrealloc to avoid copying for very long
+	paths.
+
+2000-06-17  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* canon-host.c (canon_host): Use malloc and memcpy to copy an
+	address, not strdup.  Include <stdlib.h> and don't declare free().
+
+2000-06-17  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* path-concat.c (path_concat): Don't access dir[-1] if dir is
+	the empty string.
+
+2000-06-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (libfetish_a_SOURCES): Add getstr.c.
+	(noinst_HEADERS): Add getstr.h.
+
+	* getline.c (getstr): Move into a separate file.
+	* getstr.c (getstr): New file, extracted from getline.c, with
+	the following changes: new parameter, delim2; both delim[12]
+	parameters have type `int', not `char'.  The latter would lose
+	with 8-bit delimiters.
+	* getstr.h: New file.
+
+2000-06-19  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getloadavg.c [HAVE_NLIST_H] (NLIST_STRUCT): Define.
+
+2000-06-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* mkdir.c: Remove file, due mainly to copyright incompatibility.
+	Besides, these days every porting target provides a mkdir function.
+
+	* strnlen.c: Include memory.h, string.h, and/or strings.h as needed.
+	(this snippet comes from src/system.h).
+
+2000-06-15  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* human.c (adjust_value): New function.
+	(human_readable_inexact): Apply rounding style even when
+	printing approximate values.
+
+2000-06-14  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* human.c (human_readable_inexact): Allow an input block
+	size that is not a multiple of the output block size, and vice versa.
+	Reported by Piergiorgio Sartor.
+
+2000-06-14  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* getdate.y (get_date): Apply relative times after time
+	zone indicator, not before.  Reported by Todd A. Jacobs.
+
+2000-06-13  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (all-local): Depend on lstat.c and stat.c.
+
+	* xstat.in [!HAVE_DECL_FREE]: Declare free in lstat.c.
+
+2000-06-12  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* xstat.in: Include <stdlib.h> in lstat, to declare "free".
+
+2000-06-04  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* strnlen.c: Include <config.h> if HAVE_CONFIG_H.
+
+2000-06-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getugroups.c (getugroups): Cast -1 to gid_t, for systems like
+	SunOS4.1.4 for which gid_t is an unsigned type.
+
+2000-06-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strnlen.c [!HAVE_DECL_MEMCHR]: Declare memchr.
+
+2000-05-26  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* Makefile.am (install-exec-local): On systems with glibc-2.1 or
+	newer, don't install charset.alias.
+	* config.charset: Change the Linux/glibc rules so they become empty
+	on glibc-2.1 or newer.
+
+2000-06-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* mountlist.c: Back out last change.  Instead, do this...
+	* mountlist.c (read_filesystem_list) [MOUNTED_VMOUNT]: Set the me_dummy
+	member using the same `ignore'-testing code.
+	* mountlist.h (ME_DUMMY): Add `autofs' to the list of ignored
+	fs_type strings.
+	From Mark D. Roth.
+
+2000-05-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* mountlist.c (read_filesystem_list) [MOUNTED_VMOUNT]: Ignore mounts
+	with the `ignore' attribute.  Based on a patch from Mark D. Roth.
+
+2000-05-22  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* makepath.c: Remove old, now-unnecessary `#ifdef __MSDOS__' block.
+
+2000-05-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* hash.c (hash_rehash): Fix a nasty bug: copy the free entry list
+	back, too, since it may have been modified by allocate_entry.
+	(hash_delete): Rewrite to use neither the assignment operator
+	nor the comma operator in an if-expression.
+
+2000-05-15  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* closeout.c:
+	<sys/stat.h>, <sys/types.h>, <unistd.h>, (STDOUT_FILENO):
+	Remove; no longer needed.
+	"quotearg.h": Add include.
+	(file_name): Do not bother to explicitly initialize to NULL; it's less
+	efficient on some hosts.
+	(close_stdout_status): Remove test as to whether stdout was already
+	closed; it breaks for the case "echo x | sort >&-".
+	Quote file name colons.
+	Do not assume that _("write error") lacks format strings.
+
+2000-05-15  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* version-etc.c (version_etc_copyright): Update the copyright string
+	used in all --version output.
+
+2000-05-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* closeout.c (close_stdout_set_file_name): New function.
+	(close_stdout_status): Use new file-scoped global.
+	Return right away if fstat says the stdout file descriptor is invalid.
+	* closeout.h (close_stdout_set_file_name): Declare.
+
+2000-05-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* closeout.c [default_exit_status]: New file-scoped variable.
+	(close_stdout_set_status): New function.
+	* closeout.h (close_stdout_set_status): Declare.
+
+2000-05-08  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* long-options.c: Don't include closeout.h.
+	(parse_long_options): Don't call close_stdout for --version.
+
+2000-05-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strnlen.c: Undefine __strnlen and strnlen.
+	[!weak_alias]: Define __strnlen to strnlen.
+
+	* atexit.c: New file, from libiberty.
+
+2000-05-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* closeout.c (close_stdout_status): Also check for errors on the
+	stderr stream.
+
+2000-05-05  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* localcharset.c (get_charset_aliases): Use malloc, realloc and memcpy
+	instead of xmalloc, xrealloc, path_concat.
+	(locale_charset): Treat empty environment variables as absent.
+	(DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR, ISSLASH): New macros.
+
+2000-05-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getopt.c: Update from glibc.
+	* obstack.c: Likewise.
+	* obstack.h: Likewise.
+	* regex.c: Likewise.  NB: K&R compiler support is dropped for this file
+
+	* regex.h: Likewise.
+	* strndup.c: Likewise.
+	* strnlen.c: New file, from glibc.
+
+2000-05-01  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* full-write.c (full_write): Remove `FIXME' part of comment.
+
+2000-04-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* path-concat.c: Declare strdup only if it's not defined.
+	* canon-host.c: Likewise.
+
+2000-04-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* rpmatch.c [HAVE_LIMITS_H]: Include limits.h before regex.h to avoid
+	redefinition warning on some systems (HPUX).  Otherwise, regex.h is
+	included first, then limits.h is included by locale.h by libintl.h.
+	From John David Anglin.
+
+2000-04-25  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* makepath.c (S_IRWXUGO): Define.
+	(make_path): Always perform explicit chmod if MODE specifies any
+	of the `special' permission bits.  Prompted by a bug report against
+	install from Mate Wierdl and Joost van Baal.
+
+2000-04-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* README: New file.
+
+	* getpagesize.h [!getpagesize && HAVE_OS_H && B_PAGE_SIZE]: Define
+	getpagesize.  For BeOS.  Based on a patch from Bruno Haible.
+
+2000-04-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strftime.c (my_strftime) [strftime]: Declare strftime here, since
+	the definition of it to rpl_strftime also defined-away the system's
+	declaration.
+
+2000-04-15  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	Use `C' to denote so-called `contiguous' files, the same way
+	that tar does.
+	* filemode.c (S_ISCTG) [!S_ISCTG && S_IFCTG]: Define.
+	(ftypelet): Use S_ISCTG.
+	From Michael Deutschmann.
+
+2000-04-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strftime.c (my_strftime) [#ifdef strftime]: Declare strftime.
+
+2000-04-08  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (charset.alias): Use t-$@, not $@-t so the DOS 8.3
+	names don't conflict.  Reported by Eli Zaretskii.
+
+2000-03-28  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* unicodeio.c (print_unicode_char): Avoid triggering Solaris iconv
+	bug.  Deal with the different error behavior of Irix iconv.
+
+2000-04-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* putenv.c: Move inclusion of errno.h so it follows that of sys/types.h,
+	to work around system header problems on AIX 3.2.5.  From Bruno Haible.
+
+2000-04-05  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	Portability tweaks required for ultrix4.3.
+	* readutmp.h [HAVE_UTMPX_H && !HAVE_DECL_GETUTENT]: Declare getutent.
+	* readutmp.c: Include sys/types.h before sys/stat.h.
+	* canon-host.c: Declare strdup.
+	* path-concat.c: Likewise.
+	From John David Anglin.
+
+2000-04-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	Be more DOS 8.3-friendly.
+	* ref-add.sin: Renamed from ref-add.sed.in.
+	* ref-del.sin: Renamed from ref-del.sed.in.
+	* Makefile.am: Reflect renaming.
+	Reported by Eli Zaretskii.
+
+	Use a temporary file name that won't clash with `charset.alias'
+	in the DOS 8.3 name space.
+	* Makefile.am (charset_tmp): Define.
+	(install-exec-local): Use $(charset_tmp) instead of $(charset_alias)-t.
+	(uninstall-local): Likewise.
+	Reported by Eli Zaretskii.
+
+2000-03-29  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* time/strftime.c (my_strftime): Make sure we call the system
+	strftime, not ourselves, when invoking the underlying strftime.
+
+2000-03-24  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add ref-add.sed.in and ref-del.sed.in.
+	(charset_alias): Define.
+	(install-exec-local): Factor out common code.
+	(uninstall-local): Split lines longer than 80.
+	(ref-add.sed, ref-del.sed): Remove rules... (do the following instead)
+	(SUFFIXES): Define.
+	(.sed.in.sed): New rule.  Don't redirect directly to $@.
+	(CLEANFILES): Add ref-add.sed and ref-del.sed.
+
+2000-03-19  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* config.charset: Output a line containing "Packages using this file".
+	* ref-add.sed.in, ref-del.sed.in: New files.
+	* Makefile.am (install-exec-local, uninstall-local, ref-add.sed,
+	ref-del.sed): New rules.
+
+2000-03-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* unicodeio.c (<string.h>): Include only #if HAVE_STRING_H.
+	Otherwise, include <strings.h>
+
+2000-03-17  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* unicodeio.c (utf8_wctomb): New function.
+	(print_unicode_char): Pass the Unicode character to iconv in UTF-8
+	format instead of in UCS-4 with platform dependent endianness.
+
+2000-03-07  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* savedir.c (savedir): Work even if directory size is
+	negative; this can happen with some screwy NFS configurations.
+
+2000-03-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* localcharset.c (get_charset_aliases): Don't try to free file_name
+	if it's NULL (because we ran out of memory).  From Bruno Haible.
+
+2000-03-05  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* localcharset.c ("path-concat.h"): Include.
+	(get_charset_aliases): Use path_concat instead of ANSI string
+	concatenation.
+
+	* unicodeio.h (PARAMS): Define.
+	Use it to guard prototype.
+
+2000-03-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (install-exec-local): Create $(libdir) before installing
+	into it.
+	(uninstall-local): Uncomment this rule so `make distcheck' works
+	once again.
+
+	* unicodeio.c (<errno.h>): Include it.
+	(errno): Declare if not defined.
+
+	* localcharset.c: Add Bruno's comment justifying use of volatile.
+
+	* config.charset: New version, incorporating remarks from a linux
+	i18n mailing list.  From Bruno Haible.
+
+2000-03-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add config.charset.
+
+2000-03-01  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* localcharset.c: Guard some #includes with `#if HAVE_...'.
+	* unicodeio.c: Likewise.
+
+2000-02-02  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* config.charset: New file.
+	* localcharset.c: New file.
+	* unicodeio.h, unicodeio.c: New files.
+	* Makefile.am (DEFS): Add -DLIBDIR=...
+	(libfetish_a_SOURCES): Add localcharset.c and unicodeio.c.
+	(noinst_HEADERS): Add unicodeio.h.
+	(all-local, install-exec-local, charset.alias): New targets.
+
+2000-02-28  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c (ALERT_CHAR): New macro.
+	(quotearg_buffer_restyled): Use it.
+
+2000-02-27  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strtoumax.c: Fix typo in decl of strtoul: s/long long/long/.
+	Guard declaration of strtoull also with `&& HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG'.
+
+	* backupfile.c: Guard inclusion of stdlib.h with `#if HAVE_STDLIB_H',
+	not `#if STDC_HEADERS'.
+	Declare malloc if needed.
+
+	* backupfile.c: Use `#if !HAVE_DECL...' instead of `#ifndef HAVE_DECL..'
+	now that autoconf always defines the HAVE_DECL_ symbols.
+	* human.c: Likewise.
+	* same.c: Likewise.
+	* strtoumax.c: Likewise.
+
+	* backupfile.c: Arrange for cpp to fail if the configure-time
+	declaration check was not run.
+	* hash.c: Likewise.
+	* human.c: Likewise.
+	* same.c: Likewise.
+	* strtoumax.c: Likewise.
+
+	* userspec.c (parse_user_spec): If there is no `:' but there is a `.',
+	then first look up the entire `.'-containing string as a login name.
+
+2000-02-18  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* getdate.y: Handle two-digit years with leading zeros correctly.
+	(textint): New typedef.
+	(parser_control): Member year changed from int to textint.
+	All uses changed.
+	(YYSTYPE): Removed; replaced by %union with int and textint members.
+	(tDAY, tDAY_UNIT, tDAYZONE, tHOUR_UNIT, tID, tLOCAL_ZONE, tMERIDIAN,
+	tMINUTE_UNIT, tMONTH, tMONTH_UNIT tSEC_UNIT, tSNUMBER, tUNUMBER,
+	tYEAR_UNIT, tZONE, o_merid): Now of type <intval>.
+	(tSNUMBER, tUNUMBER): Now of type <textintval>.
+	(date, number, to_year): Use width of number in digits, not its value,
+	to determine whether it's a 2-digit year, or a 2-digit time.
+	(yylex): Store number of digits of numeric tokens.
+	Reported by John Kendall.
+
+	(parser_control): Changed from struct parser_control to typedef (for
+	consistency).  All uses changed.
+
+	(tID): Removed; not used.
+	(yylex): Return '?' for unknown identifiers, rather than (unused) tID.
+
+2000-02-14  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* getpagesize.h (getpagesize): Port to VMS for Alpha;
+	adapted from changes to grep getpagesize.h by Martin P.J. Zinser.
+
+2000-02-12  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* userspec.c (ISDIGIT): Define it.
+	(isdigit): Remove definition.
+	(is_number): Use ISDIGIT, not isdigit.
+	<libintl.h>: Include.
+	(_ and N_): Define.
+	(parse_user_spec): Mark translatable strings.
+
+2000-02-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	With these changes, nanosleep.[ch] are finally enough like the other
+	lib/* replacement files to compile on a few more losing systems.
+
+	* nanosleep.h: Don't include config.h.
+	Remove prototype from declaration of nanosleep.
+	(PARAMS): Remove now-unneeded definition.
+	* nanosleep.c: #undef nanosleep.
+	(rpl_nanosleep): Rename from nanosleep.
+
+2000-02-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* readutmp.c (read_utmp): Guard with `#ifdef UTMP_NAME_FUNCTION',
+	rather than with `#if HAVE_UTMPNAME'.
+
+2000-02-01  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* readutmp.h (UT_USER): Add parens.  From Andreas Schwab.
+
+2000-01-31  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* nanosleep.h (nanosleep): Guard declaration with
+	`#if ! HAVE_DECL_NANOSLEEP'.
+	Without this, OFS gets a redeclaration error for rpl_nanosleep, due to
+	the declaration in that vendor's sys/timers.h.
+	Reported by Christian Krackowizer.
+
+	* quotearg.c (ISASCII): Add #undef and move definition to follow
+	inclusion of wctype.h to work around solaris2.6 namespace pollution.
+	(ISPRINT): Likewise.
+	Reported by Tom Tromey.
+
+2000-01-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* readutmp.c (extract_trimmed_name): Use UT_USER instead of hard-coding
+	uses of ->ut_name.  The latter doesn't work with new Linux header files
+	where only utmpx.ut_user is declared.
+
+	* readutmp.h (UT_USER): Define.
+
+2000-01-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (libfetish_a_SOURCES): Remove explicit mention of
+	obstack.c.
+
+2000-01-22  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strtoumax.c: [! HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL]: Declare strtoul.
+	[! HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL]: Declare strtoull.
+	Required for some AIX systems.  Reported by Christian Krackowizer.
+	[TESTING] (main): New function.
+
+	1997-10-17  Eli Zaretskii  <eliz@is.elta.co.il>
+	* dirname.c (dir_name): Support for DOS-style file names with drive
+	letters.
+
+	* quotearg.c [HAVE_WCTYPE_H]: Include <wctype.h> for decl of iswprint.
+
+	* strverscmp.c (ISDIGIT): Define.
+	(strverscmp): Use ISDIGIT, not isdigit.
+
+2000-01-17  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* nanosleep.c (nanosleep):
+	Don't use SA_INTERRUPT to decide whether to call sigaction, as
+	POSIX.1 doesn't require SA_INTERRUPT and some systems
+	(e.g. Solaris 7) don't define it.  Use SA_NOCLDSTOP instead;
+	it's been part of POSIX.1 since day 1 (in 1988).
+
+2000-01-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* interlock: Remove unused file.  Reported by François Pinard.
+
+2000-01-16  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* quotearg.c (quotearg_buffer_restyled): Do not quote
+	alert, backslash, formfeed, and vertical tab unnecessarily in
+	shell quoting style.
+
+Local Variables:
+version-control: never
+End:
--- a/lib/Makefile.am
+++ b/lib/Makefile.am
@@ -2,26 +2,105 @@

 AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ../src/ansi2knr

-noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libfetish.a

 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
+DEFS = -DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@

-libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.y getopt.c getopt1.c \
-addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
-closeout.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
-full-write.c human.c idcache.c \
-isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c hash.c path-concat.c \
-quotearg.c safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
-xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
+libfetish_a_SOURCES = \
+  getdate.y posixtm.c addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
+  canon-host.c closeout.c diacrit.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
+  full-write.c getopt.c getopt1.c getstr.c getugroups.c hard-locale.c hash.c \
+  human.c idcache.c isdir.c linebuffer.c localcharset.c long-options.c \
+  makepath.c mbswidth.c md5.c memcasecmp.c memcoll.c modechange.c \
+  path-concat.c \
+  quote.c quotearg.c readtokens.c safe-read.c same.c save-cwd.c \
+  savedir.c stripslash.c unicodeio.c userspec.c version-etc.c xgetcwd.c \
+  xgethostname.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtod.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c \
+  xstrtoumax.c yesno.c

-libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
-libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
+libfetish_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libfetish_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfetish_a_LIBADD)

-noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h closeout.h \
-error.h exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
-getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h lchown.h long-options.h \
-makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h hash.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
-quotearg.h regex.h safe-read.h save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h \
-xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+noinst_HEADERS = \
+  argmatch.h backupfile.h bumpalloc.h closeout.h diacrit.h dirname.h error.h \
+  exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h __fpending.h fsusage.h \
+  getdate.h getline.h getopt.h \
+  getstr.h getpagesize.h group-member.h hard-locale.h hash.h human.h lchown.h \
+  linebuffer.h long-options.h mbswidth.h md5.h memcasecmp.h memcoll.h \
+  makepath.h mbswidth.h modechange.h mountlist.h nanosleep.h obstack.h \
+  path-concat.h pathmax.h posixtm.h quote.h quotearg.h readtokens.h \
+  readutmp.h regex.h safe-read.h same.h save-cwd.h savedir.h \
+  strverscmp.h unicodeio.h version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtod.h xstrtol.h

-BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c
+BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c lstat.c stat.c
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+DISTCLEANFILES = lstat.c stat.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST = xstat.in config.charset ref-add.sin ref-del.sin
+lstat.c: xstat.in
+	sed \
+	  -e '/@IGNORE@/d' \
+	  -e 's/@xstat@/lstat/g' \
+	  -e '/_LSTAT_ONLY@/d' \
+	  -e '/@BEGIN_STAT_ONLY@/,/@END_STAT_ONLY@/d' \
+	  $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+
+stat.c: xstat.in
+	sed \
+	  -e '/@IGNORE@/d' \
+	  -e 's/@xstat@/stat/g' \
+	  -e '/_STAT_ONLY@/d' \
+	  -e '/@BEGIN_LSTAT_ONLY@/,/@END_LSTAT_ONLY@/d' \
+	  $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+
+
+# The following is needed in order to install a simple file in $(libdir)
+# which is shared with other installed packages. We use a list of referencing
+# packages so that "make uninstall" will remove the file if and only if it
+# is not used by another installed package.
+# On systems with glibc-2.1 or newer, the file is redundant, therefore we
+# avoid installing it.
+
+all-local: charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed lstat.c stat.c
+
+charset_alias = $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias
+charset_tmp = $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.tmp
+install-exec-local: all-local
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
+	if test -f $(charset_alias); then \
+	  sed -f ref-add.sed $(charset_alias) > $(charset_tmp) ; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $(charset_tmp) $(charset_alias) ; \
+	  rm -f $(charset_tmp) ; \
+	else \
+	  if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
+	    sed -f ref-add.sed charset.alias > $(charset_tmp) ; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(charset_tmp) $(charset_alias) ; \
+	    rm -f $(charset_tmp) ; \
+	  fi ; \
+	fi
+
+uninstall-local: all-local
+	if test -f $(charset_alias); then \
+	  sed -f ref-del.sed $(charset_alias) > $(charset_tmp); \
+	  if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $(charset_tmp) \
+	      > /dev/null; then \
+	    rm -f $(charset_alias); \
+	  else \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(charset_tmp) $(charset_alias); \
+	  fi; \
+	  rm -f $(charset_tmp); \
+	fi
+
+charset.alias: config.charset
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
+	mv t-$@ $@
+
+SUFFIXES = .sed .sin
+.sin.sed:
+	sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+
+CLEANFILES = charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
--- a/lib/Makefile.in
+++ b/lib/Makefile.in
--- a/lib/README
+++ b/lib/README
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+The files in this directory are shared between the fileutils, sh-utils,
+and textutils packages.  Not all files are used by each package.
+The autoconf tests required for these files are in ../m4.
+
+The library name, fetish, is a permutation of the first two
+letters of each of the package names: FIleutils, TExtutils, SH-utils.
--- a/lib/__fpending.c
+++ b/lib/__fpending.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* __fpending.c -- return the number of pending output bytes on a stream
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "__fpending.h"
+
+size_t
+__fpending (FILE *fp)
+{
+  return PENDING_OUTPUT_N_BYTES;
+}
--- a/lib/__fpending.h
+++ b/lib/__fpending.h
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL___FPENDING
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL___FPENDING
+size_t __fpending (FILE *);
+#endif
--- a/lib/addext.c
+++ b/lib/addext.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* addext.c -- add an extension to a file name
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,10 +23,10 @@
 #endif

 #ifndef HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES
-#define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 0
+# define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 0
 #endif
 #ifndef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
-#define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
+# define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
 #endif

 #include <backupfile.h>
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif
 #ifndef _POSIX_NAME_MAX
-#define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
+# define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
 #endif

 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -49,14 +49,13 @@
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif

+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
+
 /* Append to FILENAME the extension EXT, unless the result would be too long,
   in which case just append the character E.  */

 void
-addext (filename, ext, e)
-     char *filename;
-     char const *ext;
-     int e;
+addext (char *filename, char const *ext, int e)
 {
  char *s = base_name (filename);
  size_t slen = strlen (s), extlen = strlen (ext);
--- a/lib/alloca.c
+++ b/lib/alloca.c
@@ -25,6 +25,13 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
 #ifdef emacs
 # include "blockinput.h"
 #endif
@@ -161,8 +168,7 @@ static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */

 pointer
-alloca (size)
-     unsigned size;
+alloca (unsigned size)
 {
  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
@@ -211,6 +217,9 @@ alloca (size)
    register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
    /* Address of header.  */

+    if (new == 0)
+      abort();
+
    ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
    ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;

--- a/lib/argmatch.c
+++ b/lib/argmatch.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,36 +12,86 @@
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
-   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */

-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <argmatch.h>
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "argmatch.h"

 #include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
 # include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
 #endif

-/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
-   null-terminated array OPTLIST, return the index in OPTLIST
-   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
-   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).  */
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif

-int
-argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *optlist)
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+
+/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
+   by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
+   literal_quoting_style.  */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
+# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE locale_quoting_style
+#endif
+
+/* The following test is to work around the gross typo in
+   systems like Sony NEWS-OS Release 4.0C, whereby EXIT_FAILURE
+   is defined to 0, not 1.  */
+#if !EXIT_FAILURE
+# undef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
+# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (EXIT_FAILURE)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
+ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
+#endif
+
+static void
+__argmatch_die (void)
 {
-  int i;			/* Temporary index in OPTLIST.  */
+  ARGMATCH_DIE;
+}
+
+/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH.  See description in argmatch.h.
+   Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
+argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
+
+
+/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
+   null-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
+   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
+   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
+   If SENSITIVE, comparison is case sensitive.
+
+   If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
+   synonyms, i.e., for
+     "yes", "yop" -> 0
+     "no", "nope" -> 1
+   "y" is a valid argument, for `0', and "n" for `1'.  */
+
+static int
+__argmatch_internal (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		     const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		     int case_sensitive)
+{
+  int i;			/* Temporary index in ARGLIST.  */
  size_t arglen;		/* Length of ARG.  */
  int matchind = -1;		/* Index of first nonexact match.  */
  int ambiguous = 0;		/* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es).  */
@@ -49,19 +99,30 @@ argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *optlist)
  arglen = strlen (arg);

  /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
-  for (i = 0; optlist[i]; i++)
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
    {
-      if (!strncmp (optlist[i], arg, arglen))
+      if (case_sensitive
+	  ? !strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen)
+	  : !strncasecmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
 	{
-	  if (strlen (optlist[i]) == arglen)
+	  if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
 	    /* Exact match found.  */
 	    return i;
 	  else if (matchind == -1)
 	    /* First nonexact match found.  */
 	    matchind = i;
 	  else
-	    /* Second nonexact match found.  */
-	    ambiguous = 1;
+	    {
+	      /* Second nonexact match found.  */
+	      if (vallist == NULL
+		  || memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
+			     vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+		{
+		  /* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
+		     disambiguate. */
+		  ambiguous = 1;
+		}
+	    }
 	}
    }
  if (ambiguous)
@@ -70,16 +131,176 @@ argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *optlist)
    return matchind;
 }

+/* argmatch - case sensitive version */
+int
+argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	  const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 1);
+}
+
+/* argcasematch - case insensitive version */
+int
+argcasematch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 0);
+}
+
 /* Error reporting for argmatch.
-   KIND is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
+   CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
   VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
   PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */

 void
-invalid_arg (const char *kind, const char *value, int problem)
+argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
 {
-  const char *fmt = (problem == -1
-		     ? "%s: invalid %s `%s'\n"
-		     : "%s: ambiguous %s `%s'\n");
-  fprintf (stderr, fmt, program_name, kind, value);
+  char const *format = (problem == -1
+			? _("invalid argument %s for `%s'")
+			: _("ambiguous argument %s for `%s'"));
+
+  error (0, 0, format, quotearg_style (ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value), context);
 }
+
+/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
+   ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
+   VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
+   VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
+void
+argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
+		const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+  const char *last_val = NULL;
+
+  /* We try to put synonyms on the same line.  The assumption is that
+     synonyms follow each other */
+  fprintf (stderr, _("Valid arguments are:"));
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if ((i == 0)
+	|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, "\n  - `%s'", arglist[i]);
+	last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, ", `%s'", arglist[i]);
+      }
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
+
+   CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
+   "--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.).  Upon failure,
+   calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int
+__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
+		      const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		      int case_sensitive,
+		      argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
+{
+  int res = __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist,
+				 vallist, valsize,
+				 case_sensitive);
+  if (res >= 0)
+    /* Success. */
+    return res;
+
+  /* We failed.  Explain why. */
+  argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
+  argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
+  (*exit_fn) ();
+
+  return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
+}
+
+/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
+   return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
+const char *
+argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
+		      const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      return arglist[i];
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+/*
+ * Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+ */
+char *program_name;
+extern const char *getenv ();
+
+/* When to make backup files.  */
+enum backup_type
+{
+  /* Never make backups.  */
+  none,
+
+  /* Make simple backups of every file.  */
+  simple,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
+     and simple backups of the others.  */
+  numbered_existing,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of every file.  */
+  numbered
+};
+
+/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
+   values */
+static const char *const backup_args[] =
+{
+  "no", "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
+};
+
+static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
+{
+  none, none, none,
+  simple, simple,
+  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
+  numbered, numbered
+};
+
+int
+main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  enum backup_type backup_type = none;
+
+  program_name = (char *) argv[0];
+
+  if (argc > 2)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  if (argc == 2)
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  printf ("The version control is `%s'\n",
+	  ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
--- a/lib/argmatch.h
+++ b/lib/argmatch.h
@@ -1,12 +1,129 @@
-/* argmatch.h -- declarations for matching arguments against option lists */
+/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

-#if defined __STDC__ || __GNUC__
-# define __ARGMATCH_P(args) args
-#else
-# define __ARGMATCH_P(args) ()
-#endif
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.

-int argmatch __ARGMATCH_P ((const char *, const char * const *));
-void invalid_arg __ARGMATCH_P ((const char *, const char *, int));
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-extern char *program_name;
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
+
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
+# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if PROTOTYPES || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(args) args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(args) ()
+#  endif  /* GCC.  */
+# endif  /* Not PARAMS.  */
+
+/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
+   (argument list ends with a NULL guard).  There is no execution
+   cost, since it will be statically evalauted to `assert (0)' or
+   `assert (1)'.  Unfortunately there is no -Wassert-0. */
+
+# undef ARRAY_CARDINALITY
+# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof ((Array)) / sizeof (*(Array)))
+
+# define ARGMATCH_ASSERT(Arglist, Vallist)      \
+  assert (ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Arglist)) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Vallist)) + 1)
+
+/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
+   matches with ARG.  If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
+   false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
+   to the same values in VALLIST).  */
+
+int argmatch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+int argcasematch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+# define ARGCASEMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argcasematch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails.  This function should not
+   return.  By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
+   in turn defaults to `exit (EXIT_FAILURE)'.  */
+typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) PARAMS ((void));
+extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
+
+/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed.  Report correct values. */
+
+void argmatch_invalid
+  PARAMS ((const char *context, const char *value, int problem));
+
+/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
+
+# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
+  argmatch_invalid ((Context), (Value), (Problem))
+
+
+
+/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments.  */
+
+void argmatch_valid
+  PARAMS ((const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch_valid (Arglist, (const char *) Vallist, sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+
+
+/* Same as argmatch, but upon failure, reports a explanation on the
+   failure, and exits using the function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int __xargmatch_internal
+  PARAMS ((const char *context,
+	   const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+	   int case_sensitive, argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn));
+
+/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
+
+# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  1, argmatch_die)])
+
+# define XARGCASEMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)		\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  0, argmatch_die)])
+
+/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
+
+const char *argmatch_to_argument
+  PARAMS ((char const *value, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  argmatch_to_argument ((char const *) &(Value), (Arglist), 		\
+		        (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */
--- a/lib/atexit.c
+++ b/lib/atexit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* Wrapper to implement ANSI C's atexit using SunOS's on_exit. */
+/* This function is in the public domain.  --Mike Stump. */
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+int
+atexit(f)
+     void (*f)();
+{
+  /* If the system doesn't provide a definition for atexit, use on_exit
+     if the system provides that.  */
+  on_exit (f, 0);
+  return 0;
+}
--- a/lib/backupfile.c
+++ b/lib/backupfile.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -58,12 +58,26 @@
 # define CLOSEDIR(d) closedir (d)
 #endif

-#if STDC_HEADERS
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
 # include <stdlib.h>
-#else
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
 char *malloc ();
 #endif

+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
+
 #if HAVE_DIRENT_H || HAVE_NDIR_H || HAVE_SYS_DIR_H || HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
 # define HAVE_DIR 1
 #else
@@ -214,29 +228,49 @@ version_number (const char *base, const char *backup, size_t base_length)

 static const char * const backup_args[] =
 {
-  "never", "simple", "nil", "existing", "t", "numbered", 0
+  /* In a series of synonyms, present the most meaning full first, so
+     that argmatch_valid be more readable. */
+  "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
 };

 static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
 {
-  simple, simple, numbered_existing, numbered_existing, numbered, numbered
+  none, none,
+  simple, simple,
+  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
+  numbered, numbered
 };

-/* Return the type of backup indicated by VERSION.
-   Unique abbreviations are accepted. */
+/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
+   If VERSION is NULL or the empty string, return numbered_existing.
+   If VERSION is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic appropriate
+   for the specified CONTEXT.  Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted.  */

 enum backup_type
-get_version (const char *version)
+get_version (const char *context, const char *version)
 {
-  int i;
-
  if (version == 0 || *version == 0)
    return numbered_existing;
-  i = argmatch (version, backup_args);
-  if (i < 0)
-    {
-      invalid_arg ("version control type", version, i);
-      exit (2);
-    }
-  return backup_types[i];
+  else
+    return XARGMATCH (context, version, backup_args, backup_types);
+}
+
+
+/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
+   If VERSION is NULL, use the value of the envvar VERSION_CONTROL.
+   If the specified string is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic
+   appropriate for the specified CONTEXT.
+   Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted.  */
+
+enum backup_type
+xget_version (const char *context, const char *version)
+{
+  if (version && *version)
+    return get_version (context, version);
+  else
+    return get_version ("$VERSION_CONTROL", getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL"));
 }
--- a/lib/backupfile.h
+++ b/lib/backupfile.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.h -- declarations for making Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1992, 1997-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,6 +16,9 @@
   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

+#ifndef BACKUPFILE_H_
+# define BACKUPFILE_H_
+
 /* When to make backup files. */
 enum backup_type
 {
@@ -33,7 +36,7 @@ enum backup_type
  numbered
 };

-#define VALID_BACKUP_TYPE(Type)		\
+# define VALID_BACKUP_TYPE(Type)	\
  ((Type) == none			\
   || (Type) == simple			\
   || (Type) == numbered_existing	\
@@ -41,15 +44,17 @@ enum backup_type

 extern char const *simple_backup_suffix;

-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
 # endif
-#endif

-char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
 char *find_backup_file_name PARAMS ((char const *, enum backup_type));
-enum backup_type get_version PARAMS ((char const *));
+enum backup_type get_version PARAMS ((char const *context, char const *arg));
+enum backup_type xget_version PARAMS ((char const *context, char const *arg));
 void addext PARAMS ((char *, char const *, int));
+
+#endif /* ! BACKUPFILE_H_ */
--- a/lib/basename.c
+++ b/lib/basename.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,26 +19,52 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

+#include <assert.h>
+
 #ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
 # define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
 #endif

+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
 #ifndef ISSLASH
 # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
 #endif

+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *name));
+
 /* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
   since it has different meanings in different environments.
-   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.  */
+   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
+   If NAME is all slashes, be sure to return `/'.  */

 char *
 base_name (char const *name)
 {
  char const *base = name += FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+  int all_slashes = 1;
+  char const *p;

-  for (; *name; name++)
-    if (ISSLASH (*name))
-      base = name + 1;
+  for (p = name; *p; p++)
+    {
+      if (ISSLASH (*p))
+	base = p + 1;
+      else
+	all_slashes = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* If NAME is all slashes, arrange to return `/'.  */
+  if (*base == '\0' && ISSLASH (*name) && all_slashes)
+    --base;
+
+  /* Make sure the last byte is not a slash.  */
+  assert (all_slashes || !ISSLASH (*(p - 1)));

  return (char *) base;
 }
--- a/lib/bumpalloc.h
+++ b/lib/bumpalloc.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* BUMP_ALLOC macro - increase table allocation by one element.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1993, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1993, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1990.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
 `-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

 /* Routines `xmalloc' and `xrealloc' are called to do the actual memory
-   management.  This implies that the program will abort with an `Memory
-   exhausted!' error if any problem arise.
+   management.  This implies that the program will abort with a "memory
+   exhausted" error if any problem arise.

   To work correctly, at least EXPONENT and TYPE should always be the
   same for all uses of this macro for any given TABLE.  A secure way to
--- a/lib/canon-host.c
+++ b/lib/canon-host.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Host name canonicalization

-   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>

@@ -26,6 +26,9 @@
 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
 #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #endif
@@ -43,11 +46,14 @@
 # include <arpa/inet.h>
 #endif

+#ifndef strdup
+char *strdup ();
+#endif
+
 /* Returns the canonical hostname associated with HOST (allocated in a static
   buffer), or 0 if it can't be determined.  */
 char *
-canon_host (host)
-     char *host;
+canon_host (const char *host)
 {
 #ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME
  struct hostent *he = gethostbyname (host);
@@ -68,9 +74,24 @@ canon_host (host)
 	}

      if (addr && strcmp (he->h_name, addr) == 0)
-	/* gethostbyname() cheated!  Lookup the host name via the address
-	   this time to get the actual host name.  */
-	he = gethostbyaddr (he->h_addr, he->h_length, he->h_addrtype);
+	{
+	  /* gethostbyname has returned a string representation of the IP
+	     address, for example, "127.0.0.1".  So now, look up the host
+	     name via the address.  Although it may seem reasonable to look
+	     up the host name via the address, we must not pass `he->h_addr'
+	     directly to gethostbyaddr because on some systems he->h_addr
+	     is located in a static library buffer that is reused in the
+	     gethostbyaddr call.  Make a copy and use that instead.  */
+	  char *h_addr_copy = (char *) malloc (he->h_length);
+	  if (h_addr_copy == NULL)
+	    he = NULL;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      memcpy (h_addr_copy, he->h_addr, he->h_length);
+	      he = gethostbyaddr (h_addr_copy, he->h_length, he->h_addrtype);
+	      free (h_addr_copy);
+	    }
+	}
 # endif /* HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR */

      if (he)
@@ -79,3 +100,17 @@ canon_host (host)
 #endif /* HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME */
  return 0;
 }
+
+#ifdef TEST_CANON_HOST
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      char *s = canon_host (argv[i]);
+      printf ("%s: %s\n", argv[i], (s ? s : "<undef>"));
+    }
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif /* TEST_CANON_HOST */
--- a/lib/chown.c
+++ b/lib/chown.c
@@ -34,10 +34,7 @@
 /* FIXME: describe.  */

 int
-rpl_chown (file, uid, gid)
-     const char *file;
-     uid_t uid;
-     gid_t gid;
+rpl_chown (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
 {
  if (gid == (gid_t) -1 || uid == (uid_t) -1)
    {
--- a/lib/closeout.c
+++ b/lib/closeout.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* closeout.c - close standard output
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -33,28 +33,85 @@
 # define EXIT_FAILURE 1
 #endif

+#include <stdio.h>
+
 #include <errno.h>
 #ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
 #endif

-#include <stdio.h>
 #include "closeout.h"
 #include "error.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+#include "__fpending.h"
+
+static int default_exit_status = EXIT_FAILURE;
+static const char *file_name;
+
+/* Set the value to be used for the exit status when close_stdout is called.
+   This is useful when it is not convenient to call close_stdout_status,
+   e.g., when close_stdout is called via atexit.  */
+void
+close_stdout_set_status (int status)
+{
+  default_exit_status = status;
+}
+
+/* Set the file name to be reported in the event an error is detected
+   by close_stdout_status.  */
+void
+close_stdout_set_file_name (const char *file)
+{
+  file_name = file;
+}
+
+/* Close standard output, exiting with status STATUS on failure.
+   If a program writes *anything* to stdout, that program should `fflush'
+   stdout and make sure that it succeeds before exiting.  Otherwise,
+   suppose that you go to the extreme of checking the return status
+   of every function that does an explicit write to stdout.  The last
+   printf can succeed in writing to the internal stream buffer, and yet
+   the fclose(stdout) could still fail (due e.g., to a disk full error)
+   when it tries to write out that buffered data.  Thus, you would be
+   left with an incomplete output file and the offending program would
+   exit successfully.
+
+   FIXME: note the fflush suggested above is implicit in the fclose
+   we actually do below.  Consider doing only the fflush and/or using
+   setvbuf to inhibit buffering.
+
+   Besides, it's wasteful to check the return value from every call
+   that writes to stdout -- just let the internal stream state record
+   the failure.  That's what the ferror test is checking below.
+
+   It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
+   tools (most notably `make' and other build-management systems) depend
+   on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status.  */

-/* Close standard output, exiting with status STATUS on failure.  */
 void
 close_stdout_status (int status)
 {
-  if (ferror (stdout))
-    error (status, 0, _("write error"));
+  int e = ferror (stdout) ? 0 : -1;
+
+  if (__fpending (stdout) == 0)
+    return;
+
  if (fclose (stdout) != 0)
-    error (status, errno, _("write error"));
+    e = errno;
+
+  if (0 <= e)
+    {
+      char const *write_error = _("write error");
+      if (file_name)
+	error (status, e, "%s: %s", quotearg_colon (file_name), write_error);
+      else
+	error (status, e, "%s", write_error);
+    }
 }

 /* Close standard output, exiting with status EXIT_FAILURE on failure.  */
 void
 close_stdout (void)
 {
-  close_stdout_status (EXIT_FAILURE);
+  close_stdout_status (default_exit_status);
 }
--- a/lib/closeout.h
+++ b/lib/closeout.h
@@ -6,5 +6,7 @@
 # endif
 #endif

+void close_stdout_set_status PARAMS ((int status));
+void close_stdout_set_file_name PARAMS ((const char *file));
 void close_stdout PARAMS ((void));
 void close_stdout_status PARAMS ((int status));
--- a/lib/config.charset
+++ b/lib/config.charset
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# The table consists of lines of the form
+#    ALIAS  CANONICAL
+#
+# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
+# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
+#
+# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
+# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
+# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
+# MIME charset name is preferred.
+# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
+#
+#       name                         used by which systems         a MIME name?
+#   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968     glibc solaris freebsd
+#   ISO-8859-1                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-2                glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd       yes
+#   ISO-8859-4                solaris                                   yes
+#   ISO-8859-5                glibc aix hpux irix solaris               yes
+#   ISO-8859-6                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#   ISO-8859-7                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-8                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#   ISO-8859-9                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-13               glibc
+#   ISO-8859-15               aix solaris freebsd
+#   KOI8-R                    glibc solaris freebsd                     yes
+#   KOI8-U                    glibc                                     yes
+#   CP850                     aix osf
+#   CP856                     aix
+#   CP866                     freebsd
+#   CP922                     aix
+#   CP932                     aix
+#   CP943                     aix
+#   CP1046                    aix
+#   CP1124                    aix
+#   CP1129                    aix
+#   CP1251                    glibc
+#   CP1252                    aix
+#   EUC-CN                    aix hpux irix solaris
+#   EUC-JP                    aix hpux irix solaris                     yes
+#   EUC-KR                    aix hpux irix solaris                     yes
+#   EUC-TW                    aix hpux irix solaris
+#   BIG5                      aix hpux solaris                          yes
+#   GBK                       aix
+#   SJIS                      hpux solaris
+#   TIS-620                   aix hpux solaris
+#   HP-ROMAN8                 hpux
+#   HP-ARABIC8                hpux
+#   HP-GREEK8                 hpux
+#   HP-HEBREW8                hpux
+#   HP-TURKISH8               hpux
+#   HP-KANA8                  hpux
+#   UTF-8                     glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#
+# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+#
+# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
+# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+host="$1"
+os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
+echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
+echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
+# List of references, updated during installation:
+echo "# Packages using this file: "
+case "$os" in
+    linux* | *-gnu*)
+	# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+	# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+	# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
+	# need to install the alias file at all.
+	# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
+	echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
+	;;
+    aix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "IBM-850 CP850"
+	echo "IBM-856 CP856"
+	echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
+	echo "IBM-922 CP922"
+	echo "IBM-932 CP932"
+	echo "IBM-943 CP943"
+	echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
+	echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
+	echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
+	echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
+	echo "IBM-eucCN EUC-CN"
+	echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    hpux*)
+	echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
+	echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
+	echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
+	echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
+	echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
+	echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
+	echo "tis620 TIS-620"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "hp15CN EUC-CN"
+	#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
+	echo "SJIS SJIS"
+	echo "utf8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    irix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "eucCN EUC-CN"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	;;
+    osf*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "cp850 CP850"
+	;;
+    solaris*)
+	echo "646 ASCII"
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
+	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "gb2312 EUC-CN"
+	echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
+	echo "5601 EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "PCK SJIS"
+	echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
+	#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    freebsd*)
+	# FreeBSD 3.3 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+	for l in lt_LN; do
+	  echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+	done
+	for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+                 fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT lt_LN \
+                 nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	  echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	done
+	for l in hr_HR hu_HU lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	done
+	for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+	  echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+	done
+	;;
+esac
--- a/lib/diacrit.c
+++ b/lib/diacrit.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Diacritics processing for a few character codes.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1988.

   All this file is a temporary hack, waiting for locales in GNU.
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ const char diacrit_base[256] =
  'p',    'q',    'r',    's',    't',    'u',    'v',    'w',
  'x',    'y',    'z',    0,      0,      0,      0,      0,

-#ifdef MSDOS
+#ifdef __MSDOS__

  'C',    'u',    'e',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'c',
  'e',    'e',    'e',    'i',    'i',    'i',    'A',    'A',
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ const char diacrit_base[256] =
  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,

-#else /* not MSDOS */
+#else

  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ const char diacrit_base[256] =
  0,      'n',    'o',    'o',    'o',    'o',    'o',    0,
  'o',    'u',    'u',    'u',    'u',    'y',    0,      'y',

-#endif /* not MSDOS */
+#endif
 };

 /*------------------------------------------------------------------------.
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ const char diacrit_diac[256] =
  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      6,      0,

-#ifdef MSDOS
+#ifdef __MSDOS__

  7,      5,      2,      4,      5,      3,      8,      7,
  4,      5,      3,      5,      4,      3,      5,      8,
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ const char diacrit_diac[256] =
  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,

-#else /* not MSDOS */
+#else

  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
@@ -144,5 +144,5 @@ const char diacrit_diac[256] =
  0,      6,      3,      2,      4,      6,      5,      0,
  9,      3,      2,      4,      5,      2,      0,      0,

-#endif /* not MSDOS */
+#endif
 };
--- a/lib/diacrit.h
+++ b/lib/diacrit.h
@@ -13,4 +13,3 @@ extern const char diacrit_diac[]; /* diacritic code for each character */

 /* Returns a diacritic code for CHAR.  CHAR is known to be alphabetic.  */
 #define todiac(Char) (diacrit_diac[(unsigned char) (Char)])
-
--- a/lib/dirname.c
+++ b/lib/dirname.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -32,6 +32,15 @@ char *malloc ();
 #  define strrchr rindex
 # endif
 #endif
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+#endif
+
+#define BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR ISSLASH ('\\')

 /* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
   allocated with malloc.  If out of memory, return 0.
@@ -39,14 +48,26 @@ char *malloc ();
   removed.  */

 char *
-dirname (path)
-     char *path;
+dir_name (const char *path)
 {
  char *newpath;
  char *slash;
  int length;			/* Length of result, not including NUL.  */

  slash = strrchr (path, '/');
+  if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
+    {
+      char *b = strrchr (path, '\\');
+      if (b && slash < b)
+	slash = b;
+    }
+
+  /* Make sure there are no trailing slashes.  */
+  assert (slash == NULL	   /* There are no slashes in PATH.  */
+	  || slash[1] != 0 /* There is a non-NUL byte after the last slash.  */
+	  || path == slash /* PATH is just `/'.  */
+	  );
+
  if (slash == 0)
    {
      /* File is in the current directory.  */
@@ -56,11 +77,25 @@ dirname (path)
  else
    {
      /* Remove any trailing slashes from the result.  */
-      while (slash > path && *slash == '/')
-	--slash;
+      if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
+	{
+	  const char *lim = ((path[0] >= 'A' && path[0] <= 'z'
+			      && path[1] == ':')
+			     ? path + 2 : path);
+
+	  /* If canonicalized "d:/path", leave alone the root case "d:/".  */
+	  while (slash > lim && ISSLASH (*slash))
+	    --slash;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  while (slash > path && ISSLASH (*slash))
+	    --slash;
+	}

      length = slash - path + 1;
    }
+
  newpath = (char *) malloc (length + 1);
  if (newpath == 0)
    return 0;
--- a/lib/dirname.h
+++ b/lib/dirname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*  Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+    any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
+# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+char *
+dir_name PARAMS ((const char *path));
+
+#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */
--- a/lib/dup2.c
+++ b/lib/dup2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* Duplicate an open file descriptor to a specified file descriptor.
+   Copyright 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef F_DUPFD
+static int
+dupfd (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  int duplicated_fd = dup (fd);
+  if (duplicated_fd < 0 || duplicated_fd == desired_fd)
+    return duplicated_fd;
+  else
+    {
+      int r = dupfd (fd, desired_fd);
+      int e = errno;
+      close (duplicated_fd);
+      errno = e;
+      return r;
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  if (fd == desired_fd)
+    return fd;
+  close (desired_fd);
+#ifdef F_DUPFD
+  return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, desired_fd);
+#else
+  return dupfd (fd, desired_fd);
+#endif
+}
--- a/lib/error.c
+++ b/lib/error.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
@@ -49,6 +49,13 @@ void exit ();

 #include "error.h"

+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+char *strerror_r ();
+#endif
+
 #ifndef _
 # define _(String) String
 #endif
@@ -150,9 +157,16 @@ error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
  ++error_message_count;
  if (errnum)
    {
-#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
      char errbuf[1024];
+# if HAVE_WORKING_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
+# else
+      /* Don't use __strerror_r's return value because on some systems
+	 (at least DEC UNIX 4.0[A-D]) strerror_r returns `int'.  */
+      __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", errbuf);
+# endif
 #else
      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
 #endif
@@ -225,9 +239,16 @@ error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
  ++error_message_count;
  if (errnum)
    {
-#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
      char errbuf[1024];
+# if HAVE_WORKING_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
+# else
+      /* Don't use __strerror_r's return value because on some systems
+	 (at least DEC UNIX 4.0[A-D]) strerror_r returns `int'.  */
+      __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", errbuf);
+# endif
 #else
      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
 #endif
--- a/lib/error.h
+++ b/lib/error.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Declaration for error-reporting function
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.


   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
--- a/lib/euidaccess.c
+++ b/lib/euidaccess.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* euidaccess -- check if effective user id can access file
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1995, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 This file is part of the GNU C Library.

@@ -66,6 +66,9 @@ gid_t getegid ();
 #ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
 #endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif

 #if defined(EACCES) && !defined(EACCESS)
 # define EACCESS EACCES
@@ -93,6 +96,7 @@ extern int errno;
 #ifdef _LIBC

 # define group_member __group_member
+# define euidaccess __euidaccess

 #else

@@ -102,15 +106,6 @@ static uid_t uid;
 /* The user's real group id. */
 static gid_t gid;

-/* The user's effective user id. */
-static uid_t euid;
-
-/* The user's effective group id. */
-static gid_t egid;
-
-/* Nonzero if UID, GID, EUID, and EGID have valid values. */
-static int have_ids = 0;
-
 # if HAVE_GETGROUPS
 int group_member ();
 # else
@@ -119,6 +114,15 @@ int group_member ();

 #endif

+/* The user's effective user id. */
+static uid_t euid;
+
+/* The user's effective group id. */
+static gid_t egid;
+
+/* Nonzero if UID, GID, EUID, and EGID have valid values. */
+static int have_ids;
+

 /* Return 0 if the user has permission of type MODE on file PATH;
   otherwise, return -1 and set `errno' to EACCESS.
@@ -127,16 +131,15 @@ int group_member ();
   filesystem, text busy, etc. */

 int
-euidaccess (path, mode)
-     const char *path;
-     int mode;
+euidaccess (const char *path, int mode)
 {
  struct stat stats;
  int granted;

 #ifdef	_LIBC
-  uid_t uid = getuid (), euid = geteuid ();
-  gid_t gid = getgid (), egid = getegid ();
+  if (! __libc_enable_secure)
+    /* If we are not set-uid or set-gid, access does the same.  */
+    return __access (path, mode);
 #else
  if (have_ids == 0)
    {
@@ -146,11 +149,11 @@ euidaccess (path, mode)
      euid = geteuid ();
      egid = getegid ();
    }
-#endif

  if (uid == euid && gid == egid)
    /* If we are not set-uid or set-gid, access does the same.  */
    return access (path, mode);
+#endif

  if (stat (path, &stats))
    return -1;
@@ -163,6 +166,16 @@ euidaccess (path, mode)
  if (mode == F_OK)
    return 0;			/* The file exists. */

+#ifdef	_LIBC
+  /* Now we need the IDs.  */
+  if (have_ids == 0)
+    {
+      have_ids = 1;
+      euid = __geteuid ();
+      egid = __getegid ();
+    }
+#endif
+
  /* The super-user can read and write any file, and execute any file
     that anyone can execute. */
  if (euid == 0 && ((mode & X_OK) == 0
@@ -177,6 +190,40 @@ euidaccess (path, mode)
    granted = (stats.st_mode & mode);
  if (granted == mode)
    return 0;
-  errno = EACCESS;
+  __set_errno (EACCESS);
  return -1;
 }
+#undef euidaccess
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__euidaccess, euidaccess)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TEST
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <errno.h>
+# include "error.h"
+
+char *program_name;
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char *file;
+  int mode;
+  int err;
+
+  program_name = argv[0];
+  if (argc < 3)
+    abort ();
+  file = argv[1];
+  mode = atoi (argv[2]);
+
+  err = euidaccess (file, mode);
+  printf ("%d\n", err);
+  if (err != 0)
+    error (0, errno, "%s", file);
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif
--- a/lib/exclude.c
+++ b/lib/exclude.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* exclude.c -- exclude file names
-   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -54,14 +54,14 @@ new_exclude (void)
 }

 int
-excluded_filename (struct exclude const *ex, char const *f)
+excluded_filename (struct exclude const *ex, char const *f, int options)
 {
  char const * const *exclude = ex->exclude;
  int exclude_count = ex->exclude_count;
  int i;

  for (i = 0;  i < exclude_count;  i++)
-    if (fnmatch (exclude[i], f, 0) == 0)
+    if (fnmatch (exclude[i], f, options) == 0)
      return 1;

  return 0;
@@ -79,7 +79,8 @@ add_exclude (struct exclude *ex, char const *pattern)
 }

 int
-add_exclude_file (struct exclude *ex, char const *filename, char line_end)
+add_exclude_file (void (*add_func) PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *)),
+		  struct exclude *ex, char const *filename, char line_end)
 {
  int use_stdin = filename[0] == '-' && !filename[1];
  FILE *in;
@@ -118,7 +119,7 @@ add_exclude_file (struct exclude *ex, char const *filename, char line_end)
    if (p < lim ? *p == line_end : buf < p && p[-1])
      {
 	*p = '\0';
-	add_exclude (ex, pattern);
+	(*add_func) (ex, pattern);
 	pattern = p + 1;
      }

--- a/lib/exclude.h
+++ b/lib/exclude.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* exclude.h -- declarations for excluding file names
-   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -30,5 +30,6 @@ struct exclude;

 struct exclude *new_exclude PARAMS ((void));
 void add_exclude PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *));
-int add_exclude_file PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *, char));
-int excluded_filename PARAMS ((struct exclude const *, char const *));
+int add_exclude_file PARAMS ((void (*) (struct exclude *, char const *),
+			      struct exclude *, char const *, char));
+int excluded_filename PARAMS ((struct exclude const *, char const *, int));
--- a/lib/fatal.c
+++ b/lib/fatal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* FIXME: define EXIT_FAILURE */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
+# if __STDC__
+#  include <stdarg.h>
+#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
+# else
+#  include <varargs.h>
+#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
+# endif
+#else
+# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
+# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
+#endif
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+void exit ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define program_name program_invocation_name
+#else /* not _LIBC */
+/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
+   name of the executing program.  */
+extern char *program_name;
+#endif
+
+#include "fatal.h"
+
+/* Like error, but always exit with EXIT_FAILURE.  */
+
+void
+#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
+fatal (int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+#else
+fatal (errnum, message, va_alist)
+     int errnum;
+     char *message;
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+#ifdef VA_START
+  va_list args;
+#endif
+
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+      fflush (stdout);
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+    }
+
+#ifdef VA_START
+  VA_START (args, message);
+  error (EXIT_FAILURE, errnum, message, args);
+  va_end (args);
+#else
+  error (EXIT_FAILURE, errnum, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
+#endif
+}
--- a/lib/fatal.h
+++ b/lib/fatal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#include "error.h"
+
+/* FIXME: this is all from ansidecl.  better to simply swipe
+   that file from egcs/include and include it from here.  */
+
+/* Using MACRO(x,y) in cpp #if conditionals does not work with some
+   older preprocessors.  Thus we can't define something like this:
+
+#define HAVE_GCC_VERSION(MAJOR, MINOR) \
+  (__GNUC__ > (MAJOR) || (__GNUC__ == (MAJOR) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (MINOR)))
+
+and then test "#if HAVE_GCC_VERSION(2,7)".
+
+So instead we use the macro below and test it against specific values.  */
+
+/* This macro simplifies testing whether we are using gcc, and if it
+   is of a particular minimum version. (Both major & minor numbers are
+   significant.)  This macro will evaluate to 0 if we are not using
+   gcc at all.  */
+#ifndef GCC_VERSION
+# define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__ * 1000 + __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#endif /* GCC_VERSION */
+
+/* Define macros for some gcc attributes.  This permits us to use the
+   macros freely, and know that they will come into play for the
+   version of gcc in which they are supported.  */
+
+#if (GCC_VERSION < 2007)
+# define __attribute__(x)
+#endif
+
+/* Attribute __malloc__ on functions was valid as of gcc 2.96. */
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# if (GCC_VERSION >= 2096)
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
+# else
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# endif /* GNUC >= 2.96 */
+#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC */
+
+/* Attributes on labels were valid as of gcc 2.93. */
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL
+# if (GCC_VERSION >= 2093)
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+# else
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL
+# endif /* GNUC >= 2.93 */
+#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL */
+
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED */
+
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
+# define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN */
+
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, m, n)))
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(1, 2)
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2, 3)
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(3, 4)
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(4, 5)
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(5, 6)
+#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF */
+
+extern void fatal (int errnum, const char *format, ...)
+     ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
--- a/lib/fileblocks.c
+++ b/lib/fileblocks.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Convert file size to number of blocks on System V-like machines.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 # include <sys/param.h>
 #endif

-#if !HAVE_ST_BLOCKS && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE && defined BSIZE
+#if !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE && defined BSIZE

 # if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 #  include <unistd.h>
@@ -50,8 +50,7 @@ typedef long daddr_t; /* for disk address */
 /* Return the number of 512-byte blocks in a file of SIZE bytes. */

 off_t
-st_blocks (size)
-     off_t size;
+st_blocks (off_t size)
 {
  off_t datablks = size / 512 + (size % 512 != 0);
  off_t indrblks = 0;
--- a/lib/filemode.c
+++ b/lib/filemode.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993, 1998-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
+
 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
@@ -48,6 +48,25 @@
 # endif
 #endif

+#if !S_IRGRP
+# define S_IRGRP (S_IRUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IWGRP
+# define S_IWGRP (S_IWUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IXGRP
+# define S_IXGRP (S_IXUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IROTH
+# define S_IROTH (S_IRUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+#if !S_IWOTH
+# define S_IWOTH (S_IWUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+#if !S_IXOTH
+# define S_IXOTH (S_IXUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+
 #ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
 # undef S_ISBLK
 # undef S_ISCHR
@@ -61,51 +80,48 @@
 # undef S_ISSOCK
 #endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */

-#if !defined(S_ISBLK) && defined(S_IFBLK)
+#if !defined S_ISBLK && defined S_IFBLK
 # define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISCHR) && defined(S_IFCHR)
+#if !defined S_ISCHR && defined S_IFCHR
 # define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
+#if !defined S_ISDIR && defined S_IFDIR
 # define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISREG) && defined(S_IFREG)
+#if !defined S_ISREG && defined S_IFREG
 # define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISFIFO) && defined(S_IFIFO)
+#if !defined S_ISFIFO && defined S_IFIFO
 # define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
+#if !defined S_ISLNK && defined S_IFLNK
 # define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISSOCK) && defined(S_IFSOCK)
+#if !defined S_ISSOCK && defined S_IFSOCK
 # define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISMPB) && defined(S_IFMPB) /* V7 */
+#if !defined S_ISMPB && defined S_IFMPB /* V7 */
 # define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
 # define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX */
+#if !defined S_ISNWK && defined S_IFNWK /* HP/UX */
 # define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
 #endif
+#if !defined S_ISDOOR && defined S_IFDOOR /* Solaris 2.5 and up */
+# define S_ISDOOR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDOOR)
+#endif
+#if !defined S_ISCTG && defined S_IFCTG /* MassComp */
+# define S_ISCTG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCTG)
+#endif

-/* Look at read, write, and execute bits in BITS and set
-   flags in CHARS accordingly.  */

-static void
-rwx (short unsigned int bits, char *chars)
-{
-  chars[0] = (bits & S_IRUSR) ? 'r' : '-';
-  chars[1] = (bits & S_IWUSR) ? 'w' : '-';
-  chars[2] = (bits & S_IXUSR) ? 'x' : '-';
-}

 /* Set the 's' and 't' flags in file attributes string CHARS,
   according to the file mode BITS.  */

 static void
-setst (short unsigned int bits, char *chars)
+setst (mode_t bits, char *chars)
 {
 #ifdef S_ISUID
  if (bits & S_ISUID)
@@ -142,18 +158,21 @@ setst (short unsigned int bits, char *chars)
 /* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
   file mode BITS:
   'd' for directories
+   'D' for doors
   'b' for block special files
   'c' for character special files
+   'n' for network special files
   'm' for multiplexor files
   'M' for an off-line (regular) file
   'l' for symbolic links
   's' for sockets
   'p' for fifos
+   'C' for contigous data files
   '-' for regular files
   '?' for any other file type.  */

 static char
-ftypelet (long int bits)
+ftypelet (mode_t bits)
 {
 #ifdef S_ISBLK
  if (S_ISBLK (bits))
@@ -185,6 +204,14 @@ ftypelet (long int bits)
  if (S_ISNWK (bits))
    return 'n';
 #endif
+#ifdef S_ISDOOR
+  if (S_ISDOOR (bits))
+    return 'D';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISCTG
+  if (S_ISCTG (bits))
+    return 'C';
+#endif

  /* The following two tests are for Cray DMF (Data Migration
     Facility), which is a HSM file system.  A migrated file has a
@@ -208,12 +235,18 @@ ftypelet (long int bits)
   is given as an argument.  */

 void
-mode_string (short unsigned int mode, char *str)
+mode_string (mode_t mode, char *str)
 {
-  str[0] = ftypelet ((long) mode);
-  rwx ((mode & 0700) << 0, &str[1]);
-  rwx ((mode & 0070) << 3, &str[4]);
-  rwx ((mode & 0007) << 6, &str[7]);
+  str[0] = ftypelet (mode);
+  str[1] = mode & S_IRUSR ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[2] = mode & S_IWUSR ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[3] = mode & S_IXUSR ? 'x' : '-';
+  str[4] = mode & S_IRGRP ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[5] = mode & S_IWGRP ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[6] = mode & S_IXGRP ? 'x' : '-';
+  str[7] = mode & S_IROTH ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[8] = mode & S_IWOTH ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[9] = mode & S_IXOTH ? 'x' : '-';
  setst (mode, str);
 }

--- a/lib/filemode.h
+++ b/lib/filemode.h
@@ -1 +1,19 @@
-void mode_string (short unsigned int mode, char *str);
+#ifndef FILEMODE_H_
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+void mode_string PARAMS ((mode_t mode, char *str));
+
+#endif
--- a/lib/fnmatch.c
+++ b/lib/fnmatch.c
@@ -55,10 +55,7 @@ extern int errno;
 /* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
   it matches, nonzero if not.  */
 int
-fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
-     const char *pattern;
-     const char *string;
-     int flags;
+fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 {
  register const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
  register char c;
--- a/lib/fsusage.c
+++ b/lib/fsusage.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* fsusage.c -- return space usage of mounted filesystems
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1996, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -101,10 +101,7 @@ int safe_read ();
   ERRNO is either a system error value, or zero if DISK is NULL
   on a system that requires a non-NULL value.  */
 int
-get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
-     const char *path;
-     const char *disk;
-     struct fs_usage *fsp;
+get_fs_usage (const char *path, const char *disk, struct fs_usage *fsp)
 {
 #ifdef STAT_STATFS3_OSF1

@@ -187,7 +184,7 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
     truncation, presumably without botching the 4.1.1 case, in which
     the values are not truncated.  The correct counts are stored in
     undocumented spare fields.  */
-  if (fsd.f_blocks == 0x1fffff && fsd.f_spare[0] > 0)
+  if (fsd.f_blocks == 0x7fffffff / fsd.f_bsize && fsd.f_spare[0] > 0)
    {
      fsd.f_blocks = fsd.f_spare[0];
      fsd.f_bfree = fsd.f_spare[1];
@@ -262,9 +259,7 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
 /* AIX PS/2 does not supply statfs.  */

 int
-statfs (path, fsb)
-     char *path;
-     struct statfs *fsb;
+statfs (char *path, struct statfs *fsb)
 {
  struct stat stats;
  struct dustat fsd;
--- a/lib/ftruncate.c
+++ b/lib/ftruncate.c
@@ -11,9 +11,7 @@
 #ifdef F_CHSIZE

 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
  return fcntl (fd, F_CHSIZE, length);
 }
@@ -30,9 +28,7 @@ ftruncate (fd, length)
 #  endif

 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
  struct flock fl;
  struct stat filebuf;
@@ -75,9 +71,7 @@ ftruncate (fd, length)
 #  if HAVE_CHSIZE

 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
  return chsize (fd, length);
 }
@@ -90,9 +84,7 @@ extern int errno;
 #   endif

 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
  errno = EIO;
  return -1;
--- a/lib/full-write.c
+++ b/lib/full-write.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* full-write.c -- an interface to write that retries after interrupts
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -45,10 +45,11 @@ full_write (int desc, const char *ptr, size_t len)
  while (len > 0)
    {
      int written = write (desc, ptr, len);
-      /* FIXME: write on my slackware Linux 1.2.13 returns zero when
+      /* write on an old Slackware Linux 1.2.13 returns zero when
 	 I try to write more data than there is room on a floppy disk.
 	 This puts dd into an infinite loop.  Reproduce with
-	 dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/fd0.  */
+	 dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/fd0.  If you have this problem,
+	 consider upgrading to a newer kernel.  */
      if (written < 0)
 	{
 #ifdef EINTR
--- a/lib/getdate.y
+++ b/lib/getdate.y
--- a/lib/getgroups.c
+++ b/lib/getgroups.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* provide consistent interface to getgroups for systems that don't allow N==0
-   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,14 +25,11 @@ char *xmalloc ();

 /* On at least Ultrix 4.3 and NextStep 3.2, getgroups (0, 0) always fails.
   On other systems, it returns the number of supplemental groups for the
-   process is returned.
-   This function handles that special case and lets the system-
-   provided function handle all others.  */
+   process.  This function handles that special case and lets the system-
+   provided function handle all others. */

 int
-getgroups (n, group)
-     size_t n;
-     GETGROUPS_T *group;
+getgroups (size_t n, GETGROUPS_T *group)
 {
  int n_groups;
  GETGROUPS_T *gbuf;
--- a/lib/getline.c
+++ b/lib/getline.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* getline.c -- Replacement for GNU C library function getline

-Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@@ -34,125 +34,24 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
 #if defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && HAVE_GETDELIM

 int
-getline (lineptr, n, stream)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     FILE *stream;
+getline (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream)
 {
  return getdelim (lineptr, n, '\n', stream);
 }

-
 #else /* ! have getdelim */

-# define NDEBUG
-# include <assert.h>
-
-# if STDC_HEADERS
-#  include <stdlib.h>
-# else
-char *malloc (), *realloc ();
-# endif
-
-/* Always add at least this many bytes when extending the buffer.  */
-# define MIN_CHUNK 64
-
-/* Read up to (and including) a TERMINATOR from STREAM into *LINEPTR
-   + OFFSET (and null-terminate it). *LINEPTR is a pointer returned from
-   malloc (or NULL), pointing to *N characters of space.  It is realloc'd
-   as necessary.  Return the number of characters read (not including the
-   null terminator), or -1 on error or EOF.  */
+# include "getstr.h"

 int
-getstr (lineptr, n, stream, terminator, offset)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     FILE *stream;
-     char terminator;
-     size_t offset;
+getline (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream)
 {
-  int nchars_avail;		/* Allocated but unused chars in *LINEPTR.  */
-  char *read_pos;		/* Where we're reading into *LINEPTR. */
-  int ret;
-
-  if (!lineptr || !n || !stream)
-    return -1;
-
-  if (!*lineptr)
-    {
-      *n = MIN_CHUNK;
-      *lineptr = malloc (*n);
-      if (!*lineptr)
-	return -1;
-    }
-
-  nchars_avail = *n - offset;
-  read_pos = *lineptr + offset;
-
-  for (;;)
-    {
-      register int c = getc (stream);
-
-      /* We always want at least one char left in the buffer, since we
-	 always (unless we get an error while reading the first char)
-	 NUL-terminate the line buffer.  */
-
-      assert(*n - nchars_avail == read_pos - *lineptr);
-      if (nchars_avail < 2)
-	{
-	  if (*n > MIN_CHUNK)
-	    *n *= 2;
-	  else
-	    *n += MIN_CHUNK;
-
-	  nchars_avail = *n + *lineptr - read_pos;
-	  *lineptr = realloc (*lineptr, *n);
-	  if (!*lineptr)
-	    return -1;
-	  read_pos = *n - nchars_avail + *lineptr;
-	  assert(*n - nchars_avail == read_pos - *lineptr);
-	}
-
-      if (c == EOF || ferror (stream))
-	{
-	  /* Return partial line, if any.  */
-	  if (read_pos == *lineptr)
-	    return -1;
-	  else
-	    break;
-	}
-
-      *read_pos++ = c;
-      nchars_avail--;
-
-      if (c == terminator)
-	/* Return the line.  */
-	break;
-    }
-
-  /* Done - NUL terminate and return the number of chars read.  */
-  *read_pos = '\0';
-
-  ret = read_pos - (*lineptr + offset);
-  return ret;
+  return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, '\n', 0, 0);
 }

 int
-getline (lineptr, n, stream)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     FILE *stream;
+getdelim (char **lineptr, size_t *n, int delimiter, FILE *stream)
 {
-  return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, '\n', 0);
-}
-
-int
-getdelim (lineptr, n, delimiter, stream)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     int delimiter;
-     FILE *stream;
-{
-  return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, delimiter, 0);
+  return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, delimiter, 0, 0);
 }
 #endif
--- a/lib/getline.h
+++ b/lib/getline.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*  Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/*  Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,10 +27,12 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 #  endif
 # endif

+# if __GLIBC__ < 2
 int
 getline PARAMS ((char **_lineptr, size_t *_n, FILE *_stream));

 int
 getdelim PARAMS ((char **_lineptr, size_t *_n, int _delimiter, FILE *_stream));
+# endif

 #endif /* not GETLINE_H_ */
--- a/lib/getloadavg.c
+++ b/lib/getloadavg.c
@@ -98,8 +98,14 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif

-#ifndef HAVE_GETLOADAVG
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_SETLOCALE
+# define setlocale(Category, Locale) /* empty */
+#endif

+#ifndef HAVE_GETLOADAVG

 /* The existing Emacs configuration files define a macro called
   LOAD_AVE_CVT, which accepts a value of type LOAD_AVE_TYPE, and
@@ -302,6 +308,12 @@ extern int errno;
 #  define LDAV_CVT(n) (((double) (n)) / FSCALE)
 # endif

+# ifndef NLIST_STRUCT
+#  if HAVE_NLIST_H
+#   define NLIST_STRUCT
+#  endif
+# endif
+
 /* VAX C can't handle multi-line #ifs, or lines longer that 256 characters.  */
 # ifndef NLIST_STRUCT

@@ -638,8 +650,11 @@ getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
  if (count <= 0)
    return -1;

+  /* The following sscanf must use the C locale.  */
+  setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C");
  count = sscanf (ldavgbuf, "%lf %lf %lf",
 		  &load_ave[0], &load_ave[1], &load_ave[2]);
+  setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "");
  if (count < 1)
    return -1;

--- a/lib/getopt.c
+++ b/lib/getopt.c
@@ -1,47 +1,40 @@
 /* Getopt for GNU.
-   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
-   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-   before changing it!
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU
+   C Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.

-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000
   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.

-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.

-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 /* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
   Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
 #ifndef _NO_PROTO
-#define _NO_PROTO
+# define _NO_PROTO
 #endif

 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif

-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
   reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
+# ifndef const
+#  define const
+# endif
 #endif

 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -55,11 +48,11 @@ USA.  */
   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */

 #define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
-#include <gnu-versions.h>
-#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
-#define ELIDE_CODE
-#endif
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+# include <gnu-versions.h>
+# if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#  define ELIDE_CODE
+# endif
 #endif

 #ifndef ELIDE_CODE
@@ -70,32 +63,26 @@ USA.  */
 #ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
   contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif	/* GNU C library.  */

 #ifdef VMS
-#include <unixlib.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (WIN32) && !defined (__CYGWIN32__)
-/* It's not Unix, really.  See?  Capital letters.  */
-#include <windows.h>
-#define getpid() GetCurrentProcessId()
+# include <unixlib.h>
+# if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
+#  include <string.h>
+# endif
 #endif

 #ifndef _
 /* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
   When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
-#else
-# define _(msgid)	(msgid)
-#endif
+# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  include <libintl.h>
+#  define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+# else
+#  define _(msgid)	(msgid)
+# endif
 #endif

 /* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
@@ -120,7 +107,7 @@ USA.  */
   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */

-char *optarg = NULL;
+char *optarg;

 /* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
   This is used for communication to and from the caller
@@ -141,7 +128,7 @@ int optind = 1;
   causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't
   know that. */

-int __getopt_initialized = 0;
+int __getopt_initialized;

 /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
   in which the last option character we returned was found.
@@ -205,14 +192,22 @@ static char *posixly_correct;
   because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
   On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
   in GCC.  */
-#include <string.h>
-#define	my_index	strchr
+# include <string.h>
+# define my_index	strchr
 #else

+# if HAVE_STRING_H
+#  include <string.h>
+# else
+#  include <strings.h>
+# endif
+
 /* Avoid depending on library functions or files
   whose names are inconsistent.  */

-char *getenv ();
+#ifndef getenv
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif

 static char *
 my_index (str, chr)
@@ -233,11 +228,11 @@ my_index (str, chr)
 #ifdef __GNUC__
 /* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
   That was relevant to code that was here before.  */
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+# if (!defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__) && !defined strlen
 /* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
   and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms.  */
 extern int strlen (const char *);
-#endif /* not __STDC__ */
+# endif /* not __STDC__ */
 #endif /* __GNUC__ */

 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
@@ -264,8 +259,6 @@ static int nonoption_flags_len;
 static int original_argc;
 static char *const *original_argv;

-extern pid_t __libc_pid;
-
 /* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment
   is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed
   to getopt is that one passed to the process.  */
@@ -278,7 +271,9 @@ store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
  original_argc = argc;
  original_argv = argv;
 }
+# ifdef text_set_element
 text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
+# endif /* text_set_element */

 # define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
  if (nonoption_flags_len > 0)						      \
@@ -300,7 +295,7 @@ text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
   `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */

-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 static void exchange (char **);
 #endif

@@ -331,9 +326,9 @@ exchange (argv)
 	nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
      else
 	{
-	  memcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags, nonoption_flags_max_len);
-	  memset (&new_str[nonoption_flags_max_len], '\0',
-		  top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	  memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
+			     nonoption_flags_max_len),
+		  '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
 	  nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
 	  __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
 	}
@@ -386,7 +381,7 @@ exchange (argv)

 /* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */

-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *);
 #endif
 static const char *
@@ -442,11 +437,8 @@ _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
 	      if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
 		nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
 	      else
-		{
-		  memcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len);
-		  memset (&__getopt_nonoption_flags[len], '\0',
-			  nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
-		}
+		memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
+			'\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
 	    }
 	}
      nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len;
@@ -523,6 +515,13 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
     int *longind;
     int long_only;
 {
+  int print_errors = opterr;
+  if (optstring[0] == ':')
+    print_errors = 0;
+
+  if (argc < 1)
+    return -1;
+
  optarg = NULL;

  if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized)
@@ -538,11 +537,11 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
     from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
     is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
 #ifdef _LIBC
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
-		     || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
-			 && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
+		      || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
+			  && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
 #else
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
 #endif

  if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
@@ -672,14 +671,16 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		pfound = p;
 		indfound = option_index;
 	      }
-	    else
+	    else if (pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+		     || pfound->flag != p->flag
+		     || pfound->val != p->val)
 	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
 	      ambig = 1;
 	  }

      if (ambig && !exact)
 	{
-	  if (opterr)
+	  if (print_errors)
 	    fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
 		     argv[0], argv[optind]);
 	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
@@ -700,17 +701,17 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		optarg = nameend + 1;
 	      else
 		{
-		  if (opterr)
+		  if (print_errors)
 		    {
 		      if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
 			/* --option */
 			fprintf (stderr,
-			     _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
 				 argv[0], pfound->name);
 		      else
 			/* +option or -option */
 			fprintf (stderr,
-			     _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
 				 argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
 		    }

@@ -726,7 +727,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		optarg = argv[optind++];
 	      else
 		{
-		  if (opterr)
+		  if (print_errors)
 		    fprintf (stderr,
 			   _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
 			   argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
@@ -753,7 +754,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
      if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
 	  || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
 	{
-	  if (opterr)
+	  if (print_errors)
 	    {
 	      if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
 		/* --option */
@@ -783,7 +784,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)

    if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
      {
-	if (opterr)
+	if (print_errors)
 	  {
 	    if (posixly_correct)
 	      /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
@@ -817,7 +818,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	  }
 	else if (optind == argc)
 	  {
-	    if (opterr)
+	    if (print_errors)
 	      {
 		/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
 		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
@@ -866,7 +867,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	    }
 	if (ambig && !exact)
 	  {
-	    if (opterr)
+	    if (print_errors)
 	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
 		       argv[0], argv[optind]);
 	    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
@@ -884,7 +885,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		  optarg = nameend + 1;
 		else
 		  {
-		    if (opterr)
+		    if (print_errors)
 		      fprintf (stderr, _("\
 %s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
 			       argv[0], pfound->name);
@@ -899,7 +900,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		  optarg = argv[optind++];
 		else
 		  {
-		    if (opterr)
+		    if (print_errors)
 		      fprintf (stderr,
 			       _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
 			       argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
@@ -946,12 +947,12 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	      }
 	    else if (optind == argc)
 	      {
-		if (opterr)
+		if (print_errors)
 		  {
 		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
 		    fprintf (stderr,
-			   _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
-			   argv[0], c);
+			     _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+			     argv[0], c);
 		  }
 		optopt = c;
 		if (optstring[0] == ':')
--- a/lib/getopt.h
+++ b/lib/getopt.h
@@ -1,28 +1,27 @@
 /* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.

-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */

 #ifndef _GETOPT_H
-#define _GETOPT_H 1
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+# define _GETOPT_H 1
+#endif

 #ifdef	__cplusplus
 extern "C" {
@@ -59,6 +58,7 @@ extern int opterr;

 extern int optopt;

+#ifndef __need_getopt
 /* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
@@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ extern int optopt;

 struct option
 {
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
  const char *name;
-#else
+# else
  char *name;
-#endif
+# endif
  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
  int has_arg;
@@ -96,40 +96,74 @@ struct option

 /* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */

-#define	no_argument		0
-#define required_argument	1
-#define optional_argument	2
+# define no_argument		0
+# define required_argument	1
+# define optional_argument	2
+#endif	/* need getopt */

-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+   options given in OPTS.
+
+   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
+   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
+   missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+   returned.
+
+   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+   takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
+
+   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
+
+   The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
+   scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
+   options.
+
+   If OPTS begins with `--', then non-option arguments are treated as
+   arguments to the option '\0'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
+   `getopt'.  */
+
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
-extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
-#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts);
+# else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
 extern int getopt ();
-#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
-		        const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
+# endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+
+# ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts,
+		        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
+extern int getopt_long_only (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);

 /* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
-			     int long_only);
+extern int _getopt_internal (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			     int __long_only);
+# endif
 #else /* not __STDC__ */
 extern int getopt ();
+# ifndef __need_getopt
 extern int getopt_long ();
 extern int getopt_long_only ();

 extern int _getopt_internal ();
+# endif
 #endif /* __STDC__ */

 #ifdef	__cplusplus
 }
 #endif

-#endif /* _GETOPT_H */
+/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations.  */
+#undef __need_getopt
+
+#endif /* getopt.h */
--- a/lib/getopt1.c
+++ b/lib/getopt1.c
@@ -1,39 +1,36 @@
 /* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98
+     Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.

-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.

-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.

-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "getopt.h"
-
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+#else
+#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
   reject `defined (const)'.  */
 #ifndef const
 #define const
 #endif
 #endif
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"

 #include <stdio.h>

@@ -46,7 +43,7 @@ USA.  */
   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */

 #define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
 #include <gnu-versions.h>
 #if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
 #define ELIDE_CODE
--- a/lib/getpagesize.h
+++ b/lib/getpagesize.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* Emulate getpagesize on systems that lack it.  */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined getpagesize && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+# if !(defined VMS && __VMS_VER < 70000000)
+#  define getpagesize() sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined getpagesize && defined VMS
+# ifdef __ALPHA
+#  define getpagesize() 8192
+# else
+#  define getpagesize() 512
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* This is for BeOS.  */
+#if !defined getpagesize && HAVE_OS_H
+# include <OS.h>
+# if defined B_PAGE_SIZE
+#  define getpagesize() B_PAGE_SIZE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef getpagesize
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#  define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE
+# else
+#  ifdef NBPG
+#   ifndef CLSIZE
+#    define CLSIZE 1
+#   endif
+#   define getpagesize() (NBPG * CLSIZE)
+#  else
+#   ifdef NBPC
+#    define getpagesize() NBPC
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* not HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */
--- a/lib/getpass.c
+++ b/lib/getpass.c
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1992,93,94,95,96,97,98,99,2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "getline.h"
+
+/* It is desirable to use this bit on systems that have it.
+   The only bit of terminal state we want to twiddle is echoing, which is
+   done in software; there is no need to change the state of the terminal
+   hardware.  */
+
+#ifndef TCSASOFT
+# define TCSASOFT 0
+#endif
+
+char *
+getpass (const char *prompt)
+{
+  FILE *in, *out;
+  struct termios s, t;
+  int tty_changed;
+  static char *buf;
+  static size_t bufsize;
+  ssize_t nread;
+
+  /* Try to write to and read from the terminal if we can.
+     If we can't open the terminal, use stderr and stdin.  */
+
+  in = fopen ("/dev/tty", "w+");
+  if (in == NULL)
+    {
+      in = stdin;
+      out = stderr;
+    }
+  else
+    out = in;
+
+  /* Turn echoing off if it is on now.  */
+
+  if (tcgetattr (fileno (in), &t) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Save the old one. */
+      s = t;
+      /* Tricky, tricky. */
+      t.c_lflag &= ~(ECHO|ISIG);
+      tty_changed = (tcsetattr (fileno (in), TCSAFLUSH|TCSASOFT, &t) == 0);
+    }
+  else
+    tty_changed = 0;
+
+  /* Write the prompt.  */
+  fputs (prompt, out);
+  fflush (out);
+
+  /* Read the password.  */
+  nread = getline (&buf, &bufsize, in);
+  if (buf != NULL)
+    {
+      if (nread < 0)
+	buf[0] = '\0';
+      else if (buf[nread - 1] == '\n')
+	{
+	  /* Remove the newline.  */
+	  buf[nread - 1] = '\0';
+	  if (tty_changed)
+	    /* Write the newline that was not echoed.  */
+	    putc ('\n', out);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Restore the original setting.  */
+  if (tty_changed)
+    (void) tcsetattr (fileno (in), TCSAFLUSH|TCSASOFT, &s);
+
+  if (in != stdin)
+    /* We opened the terminal; now close it.  */
+    fclose (in);
+
+  return buf;
+}
--- a/lib/getstr.c
+++ b/lib/getstr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/* getstr.c -- core function for GNU C library getline replacement function
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1996-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* Written by Jan Brittenson, bson@gnu.ai.mit.edu.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+char *malloc (), *realloc ();
+#endif
+
+/* Always add at least this many bytes when extending the buffer.  */
+#define MIN_CHUNK 64
+
+/* Read up to (and including) a delimiter DELIM1 from STREAM into *LINEPTR
+   + OFFSET (and NUL-terminate it).  If DELIM2 is non-zero, then read up
+   and including the first occurrence of DELIM1 or DELIM2.  *LINEPTR is
+   a pointer returned from malloc (or NULL), pointing to *N characters of
+   space.  It is realloc'd as necessary.  Return the number of characters
+   read (not including the NUL terminator), or -1 on error or EOF.  */
+
+int
+getstr (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream, int delim1, int delim2,
+	size_t offset)
+{
+  int nchars_avail;		/* Allocated but unused chars in *LINEPTR.  */
+  char *read_pos;		/* Where we're reading into *LINEPTR. */
+  int ret;
+
+  if (!lineptr || !n || !stream)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (!*lineptr)
+    {
+      *n = MIN_CHUNK;
+      *lineptr = malloc (*n);
+      if (!*lineptr)
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+  nchars_avail = *n - offset;
+  read_pos = *lineptr + offset;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      register int c = getc (stream);
+
+      /* We always want at least one char left in the buffer, since we
+	 always (unless we get an error while reading the first char)
+	 NUL-terminate the line buffer.  */
+
+      assert(*n - nchars_avail == read_pos - *lineptr);
+      if (nchars_avail < 2)
+	{
+	  if (*n > MIN_CHUNK)
+	    *n *= 2;
+	  else
+	    *n += MIN_CHUNK;
+
+	  nchars_avail = *n + *lineptr - read_pos;
+	  *lineptr = realloc (*lineptr, *n);
+	  if (!*lineptr)
+	    return -1;
+	  read_pos = *n - nchars_avail + *lineptr;
+	  assert(*n - nchars_avail == read_pos - *lineptr);
+	}
+
+      if (c == EOF || ferror (stream))
+	{
+	  /* Return partial line, if any.  */
+	  if (read_pos == *lineptr)
+	    return -1;
+	  else
+	    break;
+	}
+
+      *read_pos++ = c;
+      nchars_avail--;
+
+      if (c == delim1 || (delim2 && c == delim2))
+	/* Return the line.  */
+	break;
+    }
+
+  /* Done - NUL terminate and return the number of chars read.  */
+  *read_pos = '\0';
+
+  ret = read_pos - (*lineptr + offset);
+  return ret;
+}
--- a/lib/getstr.h
+++ b/lib/getstr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#ifndef GETSTR_H_
+# define GETSTR_H_ 1
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+int
+getstr PARAMS ((char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream,
+		int delim1, int delim2,
+		size_t offset));
+
+#endif
--- a/lib/getugroups.c
+++ b/lib/getugroups.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getugroups.c -- return a list of the groups a user is in
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1998 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -41,26 +41,42 @@ struct group *getgrent ();
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif

-/* Like `getgroups', but for user USERNAME instead of for
-   the current process. */
+#define STREQ(s1, s2) ((strcmp (s1, s2) == 0))
+
+/* Like `getgroups', but for user USERNAME instead of for the current
+   process.  Store at most MAXCOUNT group IDs in the GROUPLIST array.
+   If GID is not -1, store it first (if possible).  GID should be the
+   group ID (pw_gid) obtained from getpwuid, in case USERNAME is not
+   listed in /etc/groups.
+   Always return the number of groups of which USERNAME is a member.  */

 int
-getugroups (int maxcount, GETGROUPS_T *grouplist, char *username)
+getugroups (int maxcount, GETGROUPS_T *grouplist, char *username, gid_t gid)
 {
  struct group *grp;
  register char **cp;
  register int count = 0;

+  if (gid != (gid_t) -1)
+    {
+      if (maxcount != 0)
+	grouplist[count] = gid;
+      ++count;
+    }
+
  setgrent ();
  while ((grp = getgrent ()) != 0)
-    for (cp = grp->gr_mem; *cp; ++cp)
-      if (!strcmp (username, *cp))
+    {
+      for (cp = grp->gr_mem; *cp; ++cp)
 	{
 	  int n;

+	  if ( ! STREQ (username, *cp))
+	    continue;
+
 	  /* See if this group number is already on the list.  */
 	  for (n = 0; n < count; ++n)
-	    if (grouplist[n] == grp->gr_gid)
+	    if (grouplist && grouplist[n] == grp->gr_gid)
 	      break;

 	  /* If it's a new group number, then try to add it to the list.  */
@@ -78,6 +94,8 @@ getugroups (int maxcount, GETGROUPS_T *grouplist, char *username)
 	      count++;
 	    }
 	}
+    }
  endgrent ();
+
  return count;
 }
--- a/lib/getusershell.c
+++ b/lib/getusershell.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getusershell.c -- Return names of valid user shells.
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@

 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
+#include "xalloc.h"

 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
 # define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
@@ -37,15 +38,6 @@

 #define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))

-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *malloc ();
-char *realloc ();
-#endif
-
-char *xstrdup ();
-
 static int readname ();

 /* List of shells to use if the shells file is missing. */
@@ -126,39 +118,6 @@ endusershell ()
    }
 }

-/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking.  */
-
-static char *
-xmalloc (n)
-     unsigned n;
-{
-  char *p;
-
-  p = malloc (n);
-  if (p == 0)
-    {
-      fprintf (stderr, "virtual memory exhausted\n");
-      exit (1);
-    }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Reallocate space P to size N, with error checking.  */
-
-static char *
-xrealloc (p, n)
-     char *p;
-     unsigned n;
-{
-  p = realloc (p, n);
-  if (p == 0)
-    {
-      fprintf (stderr, "virtual memory exhausted\n");
-      exit (1);
-    }
-  return p;
-}
-
 /* Read a line from STREAM, removing any newline at the end.
   Place the result in *NAME, which is malloc'd
   and/or realloc'd as necessary and can start out NULL,
--- a/lib/getversion.c
+++ b/lib/getversion.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getversion.c -- select backup filename type
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -46,8 +46,7 @@ static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
   Unique abbreviations are accepted. */

 enum backup_type
-get_version (version)
-     char *version;
+get_version (const char *version)
 {
  int i;

--- a/lib/hard-locale.c
+++ b/lib/hard-locale.c
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* hard-locale.c -- Determine whether a locale is hard.
+   Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+# ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #  pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifdef _WIN32
+#    include <malloc.h>
+#    include <io.h>
+#   else
+#    ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Return nonzero if the current CATEGORY locale is hard, i.e. if you
+   can't get away with assuming traditional C or POSIX behavior.  */
+int
+hard_locale (int category)
+{
+#if ! (defined ENABLE_NLS && HAVE_SETLOCALE)
+  return 0;
+#else
+
+  int hard = 1;
+  char const *p = setlocale (category, 0);
+
+  if (p)
+    {
+# if defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+      if (strcmp (p, "C") == 0 || strcmp (p, "POSIX") == 0)
+	hard = 0;
+# else
+      char *locale = alloca (strlen (p) + 1);
+      strcpy (locale, p);
+
+      /* Temporarily set the locale to the "C" and "POSIX" locales to
+	 find their names, so that we can determine whether one or the
+	 other is the caller's locale.  */
+      if (((p = setlocale (category, "C")) && strcmp (p, locale) == 0)
+	  || ((p = setlocale (category, "POSIX")) && strcmp (p, locale) == 0))
+	hard = 0;
+
+      /* Restore the caller's locale.  */
+      setlocale (category, locale);
+# endif
+    }
+
+  return hard;
+
+#endif
+}
--- a/lib/hard-locale.h
+++ b/lib/hard-locale.h
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#ifndef HARD_LOCALE_H_
+# define HARD_LOCALE_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+int hard_locale PARAMS ((int));
+
+#endif /* HARD_LOCALE_H_ */
--- a/lib/hash.c
+++ b/lib/hash.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* hash - hashing table processing.
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Written by Jim Meyering, 1992.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -35,9 +35,16 @@ typedef enum {false = 0, true = 1} bool;
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <assert.h>

+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_FREE
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
 #if !HAVE_DECL_FREE
 void free ();
 #endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
 #if !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
 char *malloc ();
 #endif
@@ -54,10 +61,10 @@ char *malloc ();

 #include "hash.h"

-/* An hash table contains many internal entries, each holding a pointer to
+/* A hash table contains many internal entries, each holding a pointer to
   some user provided data (also called a user entry).  An entry indistinctly
   refers to both the internal entry and its associated user entry.  A user
-   entry contents may be hashed by a randomisation function (the hashing
+   entry contents may be hashed by a randomization function (the hashing
   function, or just `hasher' for short) into a number (or `slot') between 0
   and the current table size.  At each slot position in the hash table,
   starts a linked chain of entries for which the user data all hash to this
@@ -66,32 +73,58 @@ char *malloc ();
   A good `hasher' function will distribute entries rather evenly in buckets.
   In the ideal case, the length of each bucket is roughly the number of
   entries divided by the table size.  Finding the slot for a data is usually
-   done at constant speed by the `hasher', and the later finding of a precise
+   done in constant time by the `hasher', and the later finding of a precise
   entry is linear in time with the size of the bucket.  Consequently, a
-   bigger hash table size (that is, a bigger number of buckets) is prone to
-   yielding shorter buckets, *given* the `hasher' function behaves properly.
+   larger hash table size (that is, a larger number of buckets) is prone to
+   yielding shorter chains, *given* the `hasher' function behaves properly.

   Long buckets slow down the lookup algorithm.  One might use big hash table
   sizes in hope to reduce the average length of buckets, but this might
   become inordinate, as unused slots in the hash table take some space.  The
   best bet is to make sure you are using a good `hasher' function (beware
-   that those are not that easy to write! :-), and to use a table size at
-   least bigger than the actual number of entries.
+   that those are not that easy to write! :-), and to use a table size
+   larger than the actual number of entries.  */

-   Currently, whenever the addition of an entry gets 80% of buckets to be
-   non-empty, this package automatically doubles the number of buckets.  */
+/* If an insertion makes the ratio of nonempty buckets to table size larger
+   than the growth threshold (a number between 0.0 and 1.0), then increase
+   the table size by multiplying by the growth factor (a number greater than
+   1.0).  The growth threshold defaults to 0.8, and the growth factor
+   defaults to 1.414, meaning that the table will have doubled its size
+   every second time 80% of the buckets get used.  */
+#define DEFAULT_GROWTH_THRESHOLD 0.8
+#define DEFAULT_GROWTH_FACTOR 1.414
+
+/* If a deletion empties a bucket and causes the ratio of used buckets to
+   table size to become smaller than the shrink threshold (a number between
+   0.0 and 1.0), then shrink the table by multiplying by the shrink factor (a
+   number greater than the shrink threshold but smaller than 1.0).  The shrink
+   threshold and factor default to 0.0 and 1.0, meaning that the table never
+   shrinks.  */
+#define DEFAULT_SHRINK_THRESHOLD 0.0
+#define DEFAULT_SHRINK_FACTOR 1.0
+
+/* Use this to initialize or reset a TUNING structure to
+   some sensible values. */
+static const Hash_tuning default_tuning =
+  {
+    DEFAULT_SHRINK_THRESHOLD,
+    DEFAULT_SHRINK_FACTOR,
+    DEFAULT_GROWTH_THRESHOLD,
+    DEFAULT_GROWTH_FACTOR,
+    false
+  };

 /* Information and lookup.  */

 /* The following few functions provide information about the overall hash
-   table organisation: the number of entries, number of buckets and maximum
+   table organization: the number of entries, number of buckets and maximum
   length of buckets.  */

 /* Return the number of buckets in the hash table.  The table size, the total
   number of buckets (used plus unused), or the maximum number of slots, are
   the same quantity.  */

-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_get_n_buckets (const Hash_table *table)
 {
  return table->n_buckets;
@@ -99,7 +132,7 @@ hash_get_n_buckets (const Hash_table *table)

 /* Return the number of slots in use (non-empty buckets).  */

-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_get_n_buckets_used (const Hash_table *table)
 {
  return table->n_buckets_used;
@@ -107,26 +140,26 @@ hash_get_n_buckets_used (const Hash_table *table)

 /* Return the number of active entries.  */

-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_get_n_entries (const Hash_table *table)
 {
  return table->n_entries;
 }

-/* Return the length of the most lenghty chain (bucket).  */
+/* Return the length of the longest chain (bucket).  */

-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_get_max_bucket_length (const Hash_table *table)
 {
  struct hash_entry *bucket;
-  unsigned int max_bucket_length = 0;
+  unsigned max_bucket_length = 0;

  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
    {
      if (bucket->data)
 	{
 	  struct hash_entry *cursor = bucket;
-	  unsigned int bucket_length = 1;
+	  unsigned bucket_length = 1;

 	  while (cursor = cursor->next, cursor)
 	    bucket_length++;
@@ -139,15 +172,15 @@ hash_get_max_bucket_length (const Hash_table *table)
  return max_bucket_length;
 }

-/* Do a mild validation of an hash table, by traversing it and checking two
+/* Do a mild validation of a hash table, by traversing it and checking two
   statistics.  */

 bool
 hash_table_ok (const Hash_table *table)
 {
  struct hash_entry *bucket;
-  unsigned int n_buckets_used = 0;
-  unsigned int n_entries = 0;
+  unsigned n_buckets_used = 0;
+  unsigned n_entries = 0;

  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
    {
@@ -174,10 +207,10 @@ hash_table_ok (const Hash_table *table)
 void
 hash_print_statistics (const Hash_table *table, FILE *stream)
 {
-  unsigned int n_entries = hash_get_n_entries (table);
-  unsigned int n_buckets = hash_get_n_buckets (table);
-  unsigned int n_buckets_used = hash_get_n_buckets_used (table);
-  unsigned int max_bucket_length = hash_get_max_bucket_length (table);
+  unsigned n_entries = hash_get_n_entries (table);
+  unsigned n_buckets = hash_get_n_buckets (table);
+  unsigned n_buckets_used = hash_get_n_buckets_used (table);
+  unsigned max_bucket_length = hash_get_max_bucket_length (table);

  fprintf (stream, "# entries:         %u\n", n_entries);
  fprintf (stream, "# buckets:         %u\n", n_buckets);
@@ -186,8 +219,8 @@ hash_print_statistics (const Hash_table *table, FILE *stream)
  fprintf (stream, "max bucket length: %u\n", max_bucket_length);
 }

-/* Return the user entry from the hash table, if some entry in the hash table
-   compares equally with ENTRY, or NULL otherwise. */
+/* If ENTRY matches an entry already in the hash table, return the
+   entry from the table.  Otherwise, return NULL.  */

 void *
 hash_lookup (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
@@ -229,7 +262,7 @@ hash_get_first (const Hash_table *table)
    if (bucket->data)
      return bucket->data;

-  abort ();
+  assert (0);
 }

 /* Return the user data for the entry following ENTRY, where ENTRY has been
@@ -263,11 +296,11 @@ hash_get_next (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
   return the number of pointers copied.  Do not copy more than BUFFER_SIZE
   pointers.  */

-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_get_entries (const Hash_table *table, void **buffer,
-		  unsigned int buffer_size)
+		  unsigned buffer_size)
 {
-  unsigned int counter = 0;
+  unsigned counter = 0;
  struct hash_entry *bucket;
  struct hash_entry *cursor;

@@ -287,7 +320,7 @@ hash_get_entries (const Hash_table *table, void **buffer,
  return counter;
 }

-/* Call a PROCESSOR function for each entry of an hash table, and return the
+/* Call a PROCESSOR function for each entry of a hash table, and return the
   number of entries for which the processor function returned success.  A
   pointer to some PROCESSOR_DATA which will be made available to each call to
   the processor function.  The PROCESSOR accepts two arguments: the first is
@@ -295,11 +328,11 @@ hash_get_entries (const Hash_table *table, void **buffer,
   as received.  The walking continue for as long as the PROCESSOR function
   returns nonzero.  When it returns zero, the walking is interrupted.  */

-unsigned int
+unsigned
 hash_do_for_each (const Hash_table *table, Hash_processor processor,
 		  void *processor_data)
 {
-  unsigned int counter = 0;
+  unsigned counter = 0;
  struct hash_entry *bucket;
  struct hash_entry *cursor;

@@ -332,8 +365,8 @@ hash_do_for_each (const Hash_table *table, Hash_processor processor,
   algorithms tend to be domain-specific, so what's good for [diffutils'] io.c
   may not be good for your application."  */

-unsigned int
-hash_string (const char *string, unsigned int n_buckets)
+unsigned
+hash_string (const char *string, unsigned n_buckets)
 {
 # ifndef CHAR_BIT
 #  define CHAR_BIT 8
@@ -360,8 +393,8 @@ hash_string (const char *string, unsigned int n_buckets)
   very old Cyber `snoop', itself written in typical Greg Mansfield style.
   (By the way, what happened to this excellent man?  Is he still alive?)  */

-unsigned int
-hash_string (const char *string, unsigned int n_buckets)
+unsigned
+hash_string (const char *string, unsigned n_buckets)
 {
  unsigned value = 0;

@@ -376,7 +409,7 @@ hash_string (const char *string, unsigned int n_buckets)
 /* Return true if CANDIDATE is a prime number.  CANDIDATE should be an odd
   number at least equal to 11.  */

-static int
+static bool
 is_prime (unsigned long candidate)
 {
  unsigned long divisor = 3;
@@ -393,12 +426,14 @@ is_prime (unsigned long candidate)
 }

 /* Round a given CANDIDATE number up to the nearest prime, and return that
-   prime.  CANDIDATE should be at least equal to 10.  */
+   prime.  Primes lower than 10 are merely skipped.  */

 static unsigned long
 next_prime (unsigned long candidate)
 {
-  assert (candidate >= 10);
+  /* Skip small primes.  */
+  if (candidate < 10)
+    candidate = 10;

  /* Make it definitely odd.  */
  candidate |= 1;
@@ -409,33 +444,72 @@ next_prime (unsigned long candidate)
  return candidate;
 }

-/* Allocate and return a new hash table, or NULL if an error is met.  The
-   initial number of buckets would be at least CANDIDATE (which need not be
-   prime).
+void
+hash_reset_tuning (Hash_tuning *tuning)
+{
+  *tuning = default_tuning;
+}

-   If DATA_FREER is not NULL, this function may be later called with the data
-   as an argument, just before they entry containing the data gets freed.  The
-   HASHER function should be supplied, and FIXME.  The COMPARATOR function
-   should also be supplied, and FIXME.  */
+/* For the given hash TABLE, check the user supplied tuning structure for
+   reasonable values, and return true if there is no gross error with it.
+   Otherwise, definitively reset the TUNING field to some acceptable default
+   in the hash table (that is, the user loses the right of further modifying
+   tuning arguments), and return false.  */

-    /* User-supplied function for freeing datas.  It is specified in
-       hash_initialize.  If non-null, it is used by hash_free and hash_clear.
-       You should specify `free' here only if you want these functions to free
-       all of your `data' data.  This is typically the case when your data is
-       simply an auxilliary struct that you have malloc'd to aggregate several
-       values.  */
+static bool
+check_tuning (Hash_table *table)
+{
+  const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning;

-    /* User-supplied hash function that hashes entry ENTRY to an integer in
-       the range 0..TABLE_SIZE-1.  */
+  if (tuning->growth_threshold > 0.0
+      && tuning->growth_threshold < 1.0
+      && tuning->growth_factor > 1.0
+      && tuning->shrink_threshold >= 0.0
+      && tuning->shrink_threshold < 1.0
+      && tuning->shrink_factor > tuning->shrink_threshold
+      && tuning->shrink_factor <= 1.0
+      && tuning->shrink_threshold < tuning->growth_threshold)
+    return true;

-    /* User-supplied function that determines whether a new entry is unique by
-       comparing the new entry to entries that hashed to the same bucket
-       index.  It should return zero for a pair of entries that compare equal,
-       non-zero otherwise.  */
+  table->tuning = &default_tuning;
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Allocate and return a new hash table, or NULL upon failure.  The initial
+   number of buckets is automatically selected so as to _guarantee_ that you
+   may insert at least CANDIDATE different user entries before any growth of
+   the hash table size occurs.  So, if have a reasonably tight a-priori upper
+   bound on the number of entries you intend to insert in the hash table, you
+   may save some table memory and insertion time, by specifying it here.  If
+   the IS_N_BUCKETS field of the TUNING structure is true, the CANDIDATE
+   argument has its meaning changed to the wanted number of buckets.
+
+   TUNING points to a structure of user-supplied values, in case some fine
+   tuning is wanted over the default behavior of the hasher.  If TUNING is
+   NULL, the default tuning parameters are used instead.
+
+   The user-supplied HASHER function should be provided.  It accepts two
+   arguments ENTRY and TABLE_SIZE.  It computes, by hashing ENTRY contents, a
+   slot number for that entry which should be in the range 0..TABLE_SIZE-1.
+   This slot number is then returned.
+
+   The user-supplied COMPARATOR function should be provided.  It accepts two
+   arguments pointing to user data, it then returns true for a pair of entries
+   that compare equal, or false otherwise.  This function is internally called
+   on entries which are already known to hash to the same bucket index.
+
+   The user-supplied DATA_FREER function, when not NULL, may be later called
+   with the user data as an argument, just before the entry containing the
+   data gets freed.  This happens from within `hash_free' or `hash_clear'.
+   You should specify this function only if you want these functions to free
+   all of your `data' data.  This is typically the case when your data is
+   simply an auxiliary struct that you have malloc'd to aggregate several
+   values.  */

 Hash_table *
-hash_initialize (unsigned int candidate, Hash_hasher hasher,
-		 Hash_comparator comparator, Hash_data_freer data_freer)
+hash_initialize (unsigned candidate, const Hash_tuning *tuning,
+		 Hash_hasher hasher, Hash_comparator comparator,
+		 Hash_data_freer data_freer)
 {
  Hash_table *table;
  struct hash_entry *bucket;
@@ -447,7 +521,24 @@ hash_initialize (unsigned int candidate, Hash_hasher hasher,
  if (table == NULL)
    return NULL;

-  table->n_buckets = next_prime (candidate < 10 ? 10 : candidate);
+  if (!tuning)
+    tuning = &default_tuning;
+  table->tuning = tuning;
+  if (!check_tuning (table))
+    {
+      /* Fail if the tuning options are invalid.  This is the only occasion
+	 when the user gets some feedback about it.  Once the table is created,
+	 if the user provides invalid tuning options, we silently revert to
+	 using the defaults, and ignore further request to change the tuning
+	 options.  */
+      free (table);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  table->n_buckets
+    = next_prime (tuning->is_n_buckets ? candidate
+		  : (unsigned) (candidate / tuning->growth_threshold));
+
  table->bucket = (struct hash_entry *)
    malloc (table->n_buckets * sizeof (struct hash_entry));
  if (table->bucket == NULL)
@@ -515,7 +606,7 @@ hash_clear (Hash_table *table)
  table->n_entries = 0;
 }

-/* Reclaim all storage associated with an hash table.  If a data_freer
+/* Reclaim all storage associated with a hash table.  If a data_freer
   function has been supplied by the user when the hash table was created,
   this function applies it to the data of each entry before freeing that
   entry.  */
@@ -632,7 +723,7 @@ hash_find_entry (Hash_table *table, const void *entry,
  if (bucket->data == NULL)
    return NULL;

-  /* Check if then entry is found as the bucket head.  */
+  /* See if the entry is the first in the bucket.  */
  if ((*table->comparator) (entry, bucket->data))
    {
      void *data = bucket->data;
@@ -682,21 +773,23 @@ hash_find_entry (Hash_table *table, const void *entry,
  return NULL;
 }

-/* For an already existing hash table, change the number of buckets and make
-   it NEW_TABLE_SIZE.  The contents of the hash table are preserved.  */
+/* For an already existing hash table, change the number of buckets through
+   specifying CANDIDATE.  The contents of the hash table are preserved.  The
+   new number of buckets is automatically selected so as to _guarantee_ that
+   the table may receive at least CANDIDATE different user entries, including
+   those already in the table, before any other growth of the hash table size
+   occurs.  If TUNING->IS_N_BUCKETS is true, then CANDIDATE specifies the
+   exact number of buckets desired.  */

 bool
-hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, unsigned int new_n_buckets)
+hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, unsigned candidate)
 {
  Hash_table *new_table;
  struct hash_entry *bucket;
  struct hash_entry *cursor;
  struct hash_entry *next;

-  if (table->n_buckets <= 0 || new_n_buckets == 0)
-    return false;
-
-  new_table = hash_initialize (new_n_buckets, table->hasher,
+  new_table = hash_initialize (candidate, table->tuning, table->hasher,
 			       table->comparator, table->data_freer);
  if (new_table == NULL)
    return false;
@@ -709,26 +802,23 @@ hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, unsigned int new_n_buckets)
  new_table->free_entry_list = table->free_entry_list;

  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
-    {
-      if (bucket->data)
+    if (bucket->data)
+      for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = next)
 	{
-	  for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = next)
+	  void *data = cursor->data;
+	  struct hash_entry *new_bucket
+	    = (new_table->bucket
+	       + new_table->hasher (data, new_table->n_buckets));
+
+	  assert (new_bucket < new_table->bucket_limit);
+	  next = cursor->next;
+
+	  if (new_bucket->data)
 	    {
-	      void *data = cursor->data;
-	      struct hash_entry *new_bucket
-		= new_table->bucket + new_table->hasher (data, new_n_buckets);
-
-	      assert (new_bucket < new_table->bucket_limit);
-
-	      /* Free overflow entries as soon as possible, moving them from the
-		 old hash table into the new one, as they may be needed now.  */
-	      next = cursor->next;
-	      if (cursor != bucket)
-		free_entry (new_table, cursor);
-
-	      /* Insert the entry into the new hash table.  */
-	      if (new_bucket->data)
+	      if (cursor == bucket)
 		{
+		  /* Allocate or recycle an entry, when moving from a bucket
+		     header into a bucket overflow.  */
 		  struct hash_entry *new_entry = allocate_entry (new_table);

 		  if (new_entry == NULL)
@@ -740,18 +830,31 @@ hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, unsigned int new_n_buckets)
 		}
 	      else
 		{
-		  new_bucket->data = data;
-		  new_table->n_buckets_used++;
+		  /* Merely relink an existing entry, when moving from a
+		     bucket overflow into a bucket overflow.  */
+		  cursor->next = new_bucket->next;
+		  new_bucket->next = cursor;
 		}
 	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Free an existing entry, when moving from a bucket
+		 overflow into a bucket header.  Also take care of the
+		 simple case of moving from a bucket header into a bucket
+		 header.  */
+	      new_bucket->data = data;
+	      new_table->n_buckets_used++;
+	      if (cursor != bucket)
+		free_entry (new_table, cursor);
+	    }
 	}
-    }

  free (table->bucket);
  table->bucket = new_table->bucket;
  table->bucket_limit = new_table->bucket_limit;
  table->n_buckets = new_table->n_buckets;
  table->n_buckets_used = new_table->n_buckets_used;
+  table->free_entry_list = new_table->free_entry_list;
  /* table->n_entries already holds its value.  */
 #if USE_OBSTACK
  table->entry_stack = new_table->entry_stack;
@@ -761,68 +864,74 @@ hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, unsigned int new_n_buckets)
  return true;
 }

-/* If ENTRY matches an entry already in the hash table, don't modify the table
-   and return the matched entry.  Otherwise, insert ENTRY and return NULL.
-   *DONE is set to true in all cases, unless the storage required for
-   insertion cannot be allocated.  */
+/* If ENTRY matches an entry already in the hash table, return the pointer
+   to the entry from the table.  Otherwise, insert ENTRY and return ENTRY.
+   Return NULL if the storage required for insertion cannot be allocated.  */

 void *
-hash_insert (Hash_table *table, const void *entry, bool *done)
+hash_insert (Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
 {
  void *data;
  struct hash_entry *bucket;

-  assert (entry);		/* cannot insert a NULL data */
+  assert (entry);		/* cannot insert a NULL entry */

-  if (data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, false), data)
-    {
-      *done = true;
-      return data;
-    }
+  /* If there's a matching entry already in the table, return that.  */
+  if ((data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, false)) != NULL)
+    return data;

  /* ENTRY is not matched, it should be inserted.  */

-  table->n_entries++;
-
  if (bucket->data)
    {
      struct hash_entry *new_entry = allocate_entry (table);

      if (new_entry == NULL)
-	{
-	  *done = false;
-	  return NULL;
-	}
+	return NULL;

      /* Add ENTRY in the overflow of the bucket.  */

      new_entry->data = (void *) entry;
      new_entry->next = bucket->next;
      bucket->next = new_entry;
-      *done = true;
-      return NULL;
+      table->n_entries++;
+      return (void *) entry;
    }

  /* Add ENTRY right in the bucket head.  */

  bucket->data = (void *) entry;
+  table->n_entries++;
  table->n_buckets_used++;

-  /* If more than 80% of the buckets are in use, rehash the table two
-     times bigger.  It's no real use checking the number of entries, as if
-     the hashing function is ill-conditioned, rehashing is not likely to
-     improve it.  */
+  /* If the growth threshold of the buckets in use has been reached, increase
+     the table size and rehash.  There's no point in checking the number of
+     entries:  if the hashing function is ill-conditioned, rehashing is not
+     likely to improve it.  */

-  if (5 * table->n_buckets_used > 4 * table->n_buckets)
+  if (table->n_buckets_used
+      > table->tuning->growth_threshold * table->n_buckets)
    {
-      unsigned int new_n_buckets = next_prime (2 * table->n_buckets + 1);
+      /* Check more fully, before starting real work.  If tuning arguments
+	 became invalid, the second check will rely on proper defaults.  */
+      check_tuning (table);
+      if (table->n_buckets_used
+	  > table->tuning->growth_threshold * table->n_buckets)
+	{
+	  const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning;
+	  unsigned candidate
+	    = (unsigned) (tuning->is_n_buckets
+			  ? (table->n_buckets * tuning->growth_factor)
+			  : (table->n_buckets * tuning->growth_factor
+			     * tuning->growth_threshold));

-      *done = hash_rehash (table, new_n_buckets);
-      return NULL;
+	  /* If the rehash fails, arrange to return NULL.  */
+	  if (!hash_rehash (table, candidate))
+	    entry = NULL;
+	}
    }

-  *done = true;
-  return NULL;
+  return (void *) entry;
 }

 /* If ENTRY is already in the table, remove it and return the just-deleted
@@ -835,12 +944,38 @@ hash_delete (Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
  void *data;
  struct hash_entry *bucket;

-  if (data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, true), !data)
+  data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, true);
+  if (!data)
    return NULL;

-  if (!bucket->data)
-    table->n_buckets_used--;
  table->n_entries--;
+  if (!bucket->data)
+    {
+      table->n_buckets_used--;
+
+      /* If the shrink threshold of the buckets in use has been reached,
+	 rehash into a smaller table.  */
+
+      if (table->n_buckets_used
+	  < table->tuning->shrink_threshold * table->n_buckets)
+	{
+	  /* Check more fully, before starting real work.  If tuning arguments
+	     became invalid, the second check will rely on proper defaults.  */
+	  check_tuning (table);
+	  if (table->n_buckets_used
+	      < table->tuning->shrink_threshold * table->n_buckets)
+	    {
+	      const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning;
+	      unsigned candidate
+		= (unsigned) (tuning->is_n_buckets
+			      ? table->n_buckets * tuning->shrink_factor
+			      : (table->n_buckets * tuning->shrink_factor
+				 * tuning->growth_threshold));
+
+	      hash_rehash (table, candidate);
+	    }
+	}
+    }

  return data;
 }
--- a/lib/hash.h
+++ b/lib/hash.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* hash - hashing table processing.
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>, 1998.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 # endif
 #endif

-typedef unsigned int (*Hash_hasher) PARAMS ((const void *, unsigned int));
+typedef unsigned (*Hash_hasher) PARAMS ((const void *, unsigned));
 typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
 typedef void (*Hash_data_freer) PARAMS ((void *));
 typedef bool (*Hash_processor) PARAMS ((void *, void *));
@@ -40,6 +40,20 @@ struct hash_entry
    struct hash_entry *next;
  };

+struct hash_tuning
+  {
+    /* This structure is mainly used for `hash_initialize', see the block
+       documentation of `hash_reset_tuning' for more complete comments.  */
+
+    float shrink_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a shrink */
+    float shrink_factor;	/* ratio of new smaller size to original size */
+    float growth_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a growth */
+    float growth_factor;	/* ratio of new bigger size to original size */
+    bool is_n_buckets;		/* if CANDIDATE really means table size */
+  };
+
+typedef struct hash_tuning Hash_tuning;
+
 struct hash_table
  {
    /* The array of buckets starts at BUCKET and extends to BUCKET_LIMIT-1,
@@ -47,9 +61,12 @@ struct hash_table
       are not empty, there are N_ENTRIES active entries in the table.  */
    struct hash_entry *bucket;
    struct hash_entry *bucket_limit;
-    unsigned int n_buckets;
-    unsigned int n_buckets_used;
-    unsigned int n_entries;
+    unsigned n_buckets;
+    unsigned n_buckets_used;
+    unsigned n_entries;
+
+    /* Tuning arguments, kept in a physicaly separate structure.  */
+    const Hash_tuning *tuning;

    /* Three functions are given to `hash_initialize', see the documentation
       block for this function.  In a word, HASHER randomizes a user entry
@@ -74,10 +91,10 @@ struct hash_table
 typedef struct hash_table Hash_table;

 /* Information and lookup.  */
-unsigned int hash_get_n_buckets PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-unsigned int hash_get_n_buckets_used PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-unsigned int hash_get_n_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-unsigned int hash_get_max_bucket_length PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets_used PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_max_bucket_length PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
 bool hash_table_ok PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
 void hash_print_statistics PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, FILE *));
 void *hash_lookup PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
@@ -85,19 +102,19 @@ void *hash_lookup PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
 /* Walking.  */
 void *hash_get_first PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
 void *hash_get_next PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
-unsigned int hash_get_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, void **,
-				       unsigned int));
-unsigned int hash_do_for_each PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, Hash_processor,
-				       void *));
+unsigned hash_get_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, void **, unsigned));
+unsigned hash_do_for_each PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, Hash_processor, void *));

 /* Allocation and clean-up.  */
-unsigned int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned int));
-Hash_table *hash_initialize PARAMS ((unsigned int, Hash_hasher,
-				     Hash_comparator, Hash_data_freer));
+unsigned hash_string PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned));
+void hash_reset_tuning PARAMS ((Hash_tuning *));
+Hash_table *hash_initialize PARAMS ((unsigned, const Hash_tuning *,
+				     Hash_hasher, Hash_comparator,
+				     Hash_data_freer));
 void hash_clear PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
 void hash_free PARAMS ((Hash_table *));

 /* Insertion and deletion.  */
-bool hash_rehash PARAMS ((Hash_table *, unsigned int));
-void *hash_insert PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *, bool *));
+bool hash_rehash PARAMS ((Hash_table *, unsigned));
+void *hash_insert PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
 void *hash_delete PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
--- a/lib/human.c
+++ b/lib/human.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* human.c -- print human readable file size
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,10 +23,6 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-# include <inttypes.h>
-#endif
-
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <stdio.h>

@@ -34,6 +30,12 @@
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif

+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
 #ifndef CHAR_BIT
 # define CHAR_BIT 8
 #endif
@@ -42,6 +44,9 @@
 #endif

 #ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_GETENV
 char *getenv ();
 #endif

@@ -54,7 +59,7 @@ char *getenv ();

 #include <argmatch.h>
 #include <error.h>
-#include <xstrtoul.h>
+#include <xstrtol.h>

 #include "human.h"

@@ -71,14 +76,42 @@ static const char suffixes[] =
  'Y'	/* Yotta */
 };

+/* If INEXACT_STYLE is not human_round_to_even, and if easily
+   possible, adjust VALUE according to the style.  */
+static double
+adjust_value (enum human_inexact_style inexact_style, double value)
+{
+  /* Do not use the floor or ceil functions, as that would mean
+     linking with the standard math library, which is a porting pain.
+     So leave the value alone if it is too large to easily round.  */
+  if (inexact_style != human_round_to_even && value < (uintmax_t) -1)
+    {
+      uintmax_t u = value;
+      value = u + (inexact_style == human_ceiling && u != value);
+    }
+
+  return value;
+}
+
+/* Like human_readable_inexact, except always round to even.  */
+char *
+human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
+		int from_block_size, int output_block_size)
+{
+  return human_readable_inexact (n, buf, from_block_size, output_block_size,
+				 human_round_to_even);
+}
+
 /* Convert N to a human readable format in BUF.

   N is expressed in units of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE.  FROM_BLOCK_SIZE must
-   be positive.
+   be nonnegative.

-   If OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is positive, use units of OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE in
-   the output number.  OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE must be a multiple of
-   FROM_BLOCK_SIZE or vice versa.
+   OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE must be nonzero.  If it is positive, use units of
+   OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE in the output number.
+
+   Use INEXACT_STYLE to determine whether to take the ceiling or floor
+   of any result that cannot be expressed exactly.

   If OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is negative, use a format like "127k" if
   possible, using powers of -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE; otherwise, use
@@ -93,13 +126,14 @@ static const char suffixes[] =
   than -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE aren't modified.  */

 char *
-human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
-		int from_block_size, int output_block_size)
+human_readable_inexact (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
+			int from_block_size, int output_block_size,
+			enum human_inexact_style inexact_style)
 {
  uintmax_t amt;
  int base;
  int to_block_size;
-  int tenths;
+  int tenths = 0;
  int power;
  char *p;

@@ -107,7 +141,7 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
     1 means AMT.TENTHS < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.05;
     2 means adjusted N == AMT.TENTHS + 0.05;
     3 means AMT.TENTHS + 0.05 < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.1.  */
-  int rounding;
+  int rounding = 0;

  if (output_block_size < 0)
    {
@@ -130,56 +164,58 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf,

  /* Adjust AMT out of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE units and into TO_BLOCK_SIZE units.  */

-  if (to_block_size <= from_block_size)
-    {
-      int multiplier = from_block_size / to_block_size;
-      amt = n * multiplier;
-      tenths = rounding = 0;
+  {
+    int multiplier;
+    int divisor;
+    int r2;
+    int r10;
+    if (to_block_size <= from_block_size
+	? (from_block_size % to_block_size != 0
+	   || (multiplier = from_block_size / to_block_size,
+	       (amt = n * multiplier) / multiplier != n))
+	: (from_block_size == 0
+	   || to_block_size % from_block_size != 0
+	   || (divisor = to_block_size / from_block_size,
+	       r10 = (n % divisor) * 10,
+	       r2 = (r10 % divisor) * 2,
+	       amt = n / divisor,
+	       tenths = r10 / divisor,
+	       rounding = r2 < divisor ? 0 < r2 : 2 + (divisor < r2),
+	       0)))
+      {
+	/* Either the result cannot be computed easily using uintmax_t,
+	   or from_block_size is zero.  Fall back on floating point.
+	   FIXME: This can yield answers that are slightly off.  */

-      if (amt / multiplier != n)
-	{
-	  /* Overflow occurred during multiplication.  We should use
-	     multiple precision arithmetic here, but we'll be lazy and
-	     resort to floating point.  This can yield answers that
-	     are slightly off.  In practice it is quite rare to
-	     overflow uintmax_t, so this is good enough for now.  */
+	double damt = n * (from_block_size / (double) to_block_size);

-	  double damt = n * (double) multiplier;
+	if (! base)
+	  sprintf (buf, "%.0f", adjust_value (inexact_style, damt));
+	else
+	  {
+	    double e = 1;
+	    power = 0;

-	  if (! base)
-	    sprintf (buf, "%.0f", damt);
-	  else
-	    {
-	      double e = 1;
-	      power = 0;
+	    do
+	      {
+		e *= base;
+		power++;
+	      }
+	    while (e * base <= damt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);

-	      do
-		{
-		  e *= base;
-		  power++;
-		}
-	      while (e * base <= damt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
+	    damt /= e;

-	      damt /= e;
-
-	      sprintf (buf, "%.1f%c", damt, suffixes[power]);
-	      if (4 < strlen (buf))
-		sprintf (buf, "%.0f%c", damt, suffixes[power]);
-	    }
-
-	  return buf;
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      int divisor = to_block_size / from_block_size;
-      int r10 = (n % divisor) * 10;
-      int r2 = (r10 % divisor) * 2;
-      amt = n / divisor;
-      tenths = r10 / divisor;
-      rounding = r2 < divisor ? 0 < r2 : 2 + (divisor < r2);
-    }
+	    sprintf (buf, "%.1f%c", adjust_value (inexact_style, damt),
+		     suffixes[power]);
+	    if (4 < strlen (buf))
+	      sprintf (buf, "%.0f%c",
+		       adjust_value (inexact_style, damt * 10) / 10,
+		       suffixes[power]);
+	  }

+	return buf;
+      }
+  }

  /* Use power of BASE notation if adjusted AMT is large enough.  */

@@ -204,24 +240,33 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf,

      if (amt < 10)
 	{
-	  tenths += 2 < rounding + (tenths & 1);
-
-	  if (tenths == 10)
+	  if (2 * (1 - (int) inexact_style)
+	      < rounding + (tenths & (inexact_style == human_round_to_even)))
 	    {
-	      amt++;
-	      tenths = 0;
+	      tenths++;
+	      rounding = 0;
+
+	      if (tenths == 10)
+		{
+		  amt++;
+		  tenths = 0;
+		}
 	    }

 	  if (amt < 10)
 	    {
 	      *--p = '0' + tenths;
 	      *--p = '.';
-	      tenths = 0;
+	      tenths = rounding = 0;
 	    }
 	}
    }

-  if (5 < tenths + (2 < rounding + (amt & 1)))
+  if (inexact_style == human_ceiling
+      ? 0 < tenths + rounding
+      : inexact_style == human_round_to_even
+      ? 5 < tenths + (2 < rounding + (amt & 1))
+      : /* inexact_style == human_floor */ 0)
    {
      amt++;

@@ -251,14 +296,20 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
 static char const *const block_size_args[] = { "human-readable", "si", 0 };
 static int const block_size_types[] = { -1024, -1000 };

+static int
+default_block_size (void)
+{
+  return getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") ? 512 : DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE;
+}
+
 static strtol_error
 humblock (char const *spec, int *block_size)
 {
  int i;

  if (! spec && ! (spec = getenv ("BLOCK_SIZE")))
-    *block_size = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") ? 512 : DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE;
-  else if (0 <= (i = argmatch (spec, block_size_args)))
+    *block_size = default_block_size ();
+  else if (0 <= (i = ARGMATCH (spec, block_size_args, block_size_types)))
    *block_size = block_size_types[i];
  else
    {
@@ -281,6 +332,11 @@ void
 human_block_size (char const *spec, int report_errors, int *block_size)
 {
  strtol_error e = humblock (spec, block_size);
+  if (*block_size == 0)
+    {
+      *block_size = default_block_size ();
+      e = LONGINT_INVALID;
+    }
  if (e != LONGINT_OK && report_errors)
    STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (spec, _("block size"), e);
 }
--- a/lib/human.h
+++ b/lib/human.h
@@ -1,6 +1,14 @@
 #ifndef HUMAN_H_
 # define HUMAN_H_ 1

+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#  include <inttypes.h>
+# endif
+
 /* A conservative bound on the maximum length of a human-readable string.
   The output can be the product of the largest uintmax_t and the largest int,
   so add their sizes before converting to a bound on digits.  */
@@ -15,7 +23,16 @@
 #  endif
 # endif

+enum human_inexact_style
+{
+  human_floor = -1,
+  human_round_to_even = 0,
+  human_ceiling = 1
+};
+
 char *human_readable PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *, int, int));
+char *human_readable_inexact PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *, int, int,
+				      enum human_inexact_style));

 void human_block_size PARAMS ((char const *, int, int *));

--- a/lib/idcache.c
+++ b/lib/idcache.c
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 /* idcache.c -- map user and group IDs, cached for speed
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
--- a/lib/interlock
+++ b/lib/interlock
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-
-# interlock - wrap program invocation in lock to allow
-#             parallel builds to work.
-# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>, Aug 10 1996
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-# Usage:
-#   interlock lock-dir-name program args-to-program...
-
-dirname="$1"
-program="$2"
-
-shift
-shift
-
-while (mkdir $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1 && exit 1 || exit 0); do
-   # Wait a bit.
-   sleep 1
-done
-
-# Race condition here: if interrupted after the loop but before this
-# trap, the lock can be left around.
-trap "rmdir $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1" 1 2 3 15
-
-# We have the lock, so run the program.
-$program ${1+"$@"}
-ret=$?
-
-# Release the lock.
-rmdir $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1
-
-exit $ret
--- a/lib/isdir.c
+++ b/lib/isdir.c
@@ -34,8 +34,7 @@
   return nonzero, else 0.  */

 int
-isdir (path)
-     char *path;
+isdir (const char *path)
 {
  struct stat stats;

--- a/lib/lchown.c
+++ b/lib/lchown.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Provide a stub lchown function for systems that lack it.
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,6 +27,17 @@ extern int errno;
 #endif
 #include "lchown.h"

+#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISLNK
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
+# define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+#endif
+
+/* Declare chown to avoid a warning.  Don't include unistd.h,
+   because it may have a conflicting prototype for lchown.  */
+int chown ();
+
 /* Work just like chown, except when FILE is a symbolic link.
   In that case, set errno to ENOSYS and return -1.  */

--- a/lib/lchown.h
+++ b/lib/lchown.h
@@ -4,6 +4,6 @@
 #  define ENOSYS ENOTSUP
 # else
 /* Some systems don't have ENOTSUP either.  */
-#  define ENOSYS ENOMSG
+#  define ENOSYS EINVAL
 # endif
 #endif
--- a/lib/linebuffer.c
+++ b/lib/linebuffer.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* linebuffer.c -- read arbitrarily long lines
-   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
 #endif

 #include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
 #include "linebuffer.h"

 char *xmalloc ();
@@ -39,9 +40,9 @@ initbuffer (struct linebuffer *linebuffer)
 }

 /* Read an arbitrarily long line of text from STREAM into LINEBUFFER.
-   Remove any newline.  Does not null terminate.
-   Return zero upon error or upon end of file.
-   Otherwise, return LINEBUFFER.  */
+   Keep the newline; append a newline if it's the last line of a file
+   that ends in a non-newline character.  Do not null terminate.
+   Return LINEBUFFER, except at end of file return 0.  */

 struct linebuffer *
 readline (struct linebuffer *linebuffer, FILE *stream)
@@ -52,33 +53,32 @@ readline (struct linebuffer *linebuffer, FILE *stream)
  char *end = buffer + linebuffer->size; /* Sentinel. */

  if (feof (stream) || ferror (stream))
-    {
-      linebuffer->length = 0;
-      return 0;
-    }
+    return 0;

-  while (1)
+  do
    {
      c = getc (stream);
+      if (c == EOF)
+	{
+	  if (p == buffer)
+	    return 0;
+	  if (p[-1] == '\n')
+	    break;
+	  c = '\n';
+	}
      if (p == end)
 	{
 	  linebuffer->size *= 2;
 	  buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, linebuffer->size);
-	  p += buffer - linebuffer->buffer;
+	  p = p - linebuffer->buffer + buffer;
 	  linebuffer->buffer = buffer;
 	  end = buffer + linebuffer->size;
 	}
-      if (c == EOF || c == '\n')
-	break;
      *p++ = c;
    }
+  while (c != '\n');

-  if (feof (stream) && p == buffer)
-    {
-      linebuffer->length = 0;
-      return 0;
-    }
-  linebuffer->length = p - linebuffer->buffer;
+  linebuffer->length = p - buffer;
  return linebuffer;
 }

--- a/lib/linebuffer.h
+++ b/lib/linebuffer.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* linebuffer.h -- declarations for reading arbitrarily long lines
-   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@

 struct linebuffer
 {
-  long size;			/* Allocated. */
-  long length;			/* Used. */
+  size_t size;			/* Allocated. */
+  size_t length;		/* Used. */
  char *buffer;
 };

@@ -39,7 +39,8 @@ struct linebuffer
 void initbuffer PARAMS ((struct linebuffer *linebuffer));

 /* Read an arbitrarily long line of text from STREAM into LINEBUFFER.
-   Remove any newline.  Does not null terminate.
+   Keep the newline; append a newline if it's the last line of a file
+   that ends in a non-newline character.  Do not null terminate.
   Return LINEBUFFER, except at end of file return 0.  */
 struct linebuffer *readline PARAMS ((struct linebuffer *linebuffer,
 				     FILE *stream));
--- a/lib/localcharset.c
+++ b/lib/localcharset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+# include <langinfo.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#  include <locale.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+   possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+   are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+   'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+   and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+   are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix.  */
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+   read, else NULL.  Its format is:
+   ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0'  */
+static char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file.  */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases ()
+{
+  char *cp;
+
+  cp = charset_aliases;
+  if (cp == NULL)
+    {
+      FILE *fp;
+      const char *dir = LIBDIR;
+      const char *base = "charset.alias";
+      char *file_name;
+
+      /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name.  */
+      {
+	size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+	size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+	int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+	file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+	if (file_name != NULL)
+	  {
+	    memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+	    if (add_slash)
+	      file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+	    memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+	  }
+      }
+
+      if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+	/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty.  */
+	cp = "";
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Parse the file's contents.  */
+	  int c;
+	  char buf1[50+1];
+	  char buf2[50+1];
+	  char *res_ptr = NULL;
+	  size_t res_size = 0;
+	  size_t l1, l2;
+
+	  for (;;)
+	    {
+	      c = getc (fp);
+	      if (c == EOF)
+		break;
+	      if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+		continue;
+	      if (c == '#')
+		{
+		  /* Skip comment, to end of line.  */
+		  do
+		    c = getc (fp);
+		  while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+		  if (c == EOF)
+		    break;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      ungetc (c, fp);
+	      if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+		break;
+	      l1 = strlen (buf1);
+	      l2 = strlen (buf2);
+	      if (res_size == 0)
+		{
+		  res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      if (res_ptr == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Out of memory. */
+		  res_size = 0;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+	    }
+	  fclose (fp);
+	  if (res_size == 0)
+	    cp = "";
+	  else
+	    {
+	      *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+	      cp = res_ptr;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      charset_aliases = cp;
+      if (file_name != NULL)
+	free (file_name);
+    }
+
+  return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name or NULL.  */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset ()
+{
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *aliases;
+
+#if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+  /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
+  codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+#else
+
+  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale and getenv.  */
+  const char *locale = NULL;
+
+# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+  locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+# endif
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+	  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	    locale = getenv ("LANG");
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+     you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+     through the charset.alias file.  */
+  codeset = locale;
+
+#endif
+
+  if (codeset != NULL && codeset[0] != '\0')
+    {
+      /* Resolve alias. */
+      for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+	   *aliases != '\0';
+	   aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+	if (!strcmp (codeset, aliases))
+	  {
+	    codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+	    break;
+	  }
+    }
+
+  return codeset;
+}
--- a/lib/long-options.c
+++ b/lib/long-options.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Utility to accept --help and --version options as unobtrusively as possible.
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,8 +23,19 @@

 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <getopt.h>
-#include "closeout.h"
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
 #include "long-options.h"
+#include "version-etc.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif

 static struct option const long_options[] =
 {
@@ -37,13 +48,13 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   Be careful not to gobble up `--'.  */

 void
-parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, package, version, usage)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-     const char *command_name;
-     const char *package;
-     const char *version;
-     void (*usage)();
+parse_long_options (int argc,
+		    char **argv,
+		    const char *command_name,
+		    const char *package,
+		    const char *version,
+		    const char *authors,
+		    void (*usage_func)())
 {
  int c;
  int saved_opterr;
@@ -59,12 +70,10 @@ parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, package, version, usage)
      switch (c)
 	{
 	case 'h':
-	  (*usage) (0);
+	  (*usage_func) (0);

 	case 'v':
-	  printf ("%s (%s) %s\n", command_name, package, version);
-	  close_stdout (); /* FIXME: output failure exit status
-			      should be settable via an arg.  */
+	  version_etc (stdout, command_name, package, version, authors);
 	  exit (0);

 	default:
--- a/lib/long-options.h
+++ b/lib/long-options.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* long-options.h -- declaration for --help- and --version-handling function.
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -26,7 +26,10 @@
 #endif

 void
-  parse_long_options PARAMS ((int _argc, char **_argv,
+  parse_long_options PARAMS ((int _argc,
+			      char **_argv,
 			      const char *_command_name,
 			      const char *_package,
-			      const char *_version, void (*_usage) (int)));
+			      const char *_version,
+			      const char *_authors,
+			      void (*_usage) (int)));
--- a/lib/lstat.c
+++ b/lib/lstat.c
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/* Work around the bug in some systems whereby lstat succeeds when
-   given the zero-length file name argument.  The lstat from SunOS4.1.4
-   has this bug.
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* written by Jim Meyering */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-/* Disable the definition of lstat to rpl_lstat (from config.h) in this
-   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_lstat on
-   most systems.  */
-#undef lstat
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-/* FIXME: describe.  */
-
-int
-rpl_lstat (file, sbuf)
-     const char *file;
-     struct stat *sbuf;
-{
-  if (file && *file == 0)
-    {
-      errno = EINVAL;
-      return -1;
-    }
-
-  return lstat (file, sbuf);
-}
--- a/lib/makepath.c
+++ b/lib/makepath.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* makepath.c -- Ensure that a directory path exists.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -50,6 +50,10 @@ char *alloca ();
 # define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif

+#ifndef S_IRWXUGO
+# define S_IRWXUGO (S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO)
+#endif
+
 #if STDC_HEADERS
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
@@ -71,24 +75,48 @@ extern int errno;
 # endif
 #endif

+#ifndef S_ISUID
+# define S_ISUID 04000
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISGID
+# define S_ISGID 02000
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISVTX
+# define S_ISVTX 01000
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IRUSR
+# define S_IRUSR 0200
+#endif
 #ifndef S_IWUSR
 # define S_IWUSR 0200
 #endif
-
 #ifndef S_IXUSR
 # define S_IXUSR 0100
 #endif

+#ifndef S_IRWXU
+# define S_IRWXU (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
+#endif
+
 #define WX_USR (S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)

-#ifdef __MSDOS__
-typedef int uid_t;
-typedef int gid_t;
+/* Include this before libintl.h so we get our definition of PARAMS. */
+#include "makepath.h"
+
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
 #endif

 #include "save-cwd.h"
-#include "makepath.h"
 #include "error.h"
+#include "quote.h"

 void strip_trailing_slashes ();

@@ -99,9 +127,9 @@ void strip_trailing_slashes ();
 	 Restore working directory.  */			\
      if (do_chdir)					\
 	{						\
-	  int fail = restore_cwd (&cwd, NULL, NULL);	\
+	  int _fail = restore_cwd (&cwd, NULL, NULL);	\
 	  free_cwd (&cwd);				\
-	  if (fail)					\
+	  if (_fail)					\
 	    return 1;					\
 	}						\
    }							\
@@ -115,6 +143,58 @@ void strip_trailing_slashes ();
    }							\
  while (0)

+/* Attempt to create directory DIR (aka DIRPATH) with the specified MODE.
+   If CREATED_DIR_P is non-NULL, set *CREATED_DIR_P to non-zero if this
+   function creates DIR and to zero otherwise.  Give a diagnostic and
+   return non-zero if DIR cannot be created or cannot be determined to
+   exist already.  Use DIRPATH in any diagnostic, not DIR.
+   Note that if DIR already exists, this function will return zero
+   (indicating success) and will set *CREATED_DIR_P to zero.  */
+
+static int
+make_dir (const char *dir, const char *dirpath, mode_t mode, int *created_dir_p)
+{
+  int fail = 0;
+  int created_dir;
+
+  created_dir = (mkdir (dir, mode) == 0);
+
+  if (!created_dir)
+    {
+      struct stat stats;
+      int saved_errno = errno;
+
+      /* The mkdir and stat calls below may appear to be reversed.
+	 They are not.  It is important to call mkdir first and then to
+	 call stat (to distinguish the three cases) only if mkdir fails.
+	 The alternative to this approach is to `stat' each directory,
+	 then to call mkdir if it doesn't exist.  But if some other process
+	 were to create the directory between the stat & mkdir, the mkdir
+	 would fail with EEXIST.  */
+
+      if (stat (dir, &stats))
+	{
+	  error (0, saved_errno, _("cannot create directory %s"),
+		 quote (dirpath));
+	  fail = 1;
+	}
+      else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, _("%s exists but is not a directory"), quote (dirpath));
+	  fail = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* DIR (aka DIRPATH) already exists and is a directory. */
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (created_dir_p)
+    *created_dir_p = created_dir;
+
+  return fail;
+}
+
 /* Ensure that the directory ARGPATH exists.
   Remove any trailing slashes from ARGPATH before calling this function.

@@ -162,7 +242,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
      char *dirpath;

      /* Temporarily relax umask in case it's overly restrictive.  */
-      int oldmask = umask (0);
+      mode_t oldmask = umask (0);

      /* Make a copy of ARGPATH that we can scribble NULs on.  */
      dirpath = (char *) alloca (strlen (argpath) + 1);
@@ -174,9 +254,9 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	 their owners, we need to fix their permissions after making them.  */
      if (((parent_mode & WX_USR) != WX_USR)
 	  || ((owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
-	      && (parent_mode & 07000) != 0))
+	      && (parent_mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX)) != 0))
 	{
-	  tmp_mode = 0700;
+	  tmp_mode = S_IRWXU;
 	  re_protect = 1;
 	}
      else
@@ -203,7 +283,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,

      while (1)
 	{
-	  int newly_created_dir = 1;
+	  int newly_created_dir;
+	  int fail;

 	  /* slash points to the leftmost unprocessed component of dirpath.  */
 	  basename_dir = slash;
@@ -217,40 +298,18 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	  if (!do_chdir)
 	    basename_dir = dirpath;

-	  /* The mkdir and stat calls below appear to be reversed.
-	     They are not.  It is important to call mkdir first and then to
-	     call stat (to distinguish the three cases) only if mkdir fails.
-	     The alternative to this approach is to `stat' each directory,
-	     then to call mkdir if it doesn't exist.  But if some other process
-	     were to create the directory between the stat & mkdir, the mkdir
-	     would fail with EEXIST.  */
-
 	  *slash = '\0';
-	  if (mkdir (basename_dir, tmp_mode))
+	  fail = make_dir (basename_dir, dirpath, tmp_mode, &newly_created_dir);
+	  if (fail)
 	    {
-	      if (stat (basename_dir, &stats))
-		{
-		  error (0, errno, "cannot create directory `%s'", dirpath);
-		  CLEANUP;
-		  return 1;
-		}
-	      else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
-		{
-		  error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
-		  CLEANUP;
-		  return 1;
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  /* DIRPATH already exists and is a directory. */
-		  newly_created_dir = 0;
-		}
+	      CLEANUP;
+	      return 1;
 	    }

 	  if (newly_created_dir)
 	    {
 	      if (verbose_fmt_string)
-		fprintf (stderr, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
+		error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, quote (dirpath));

 	      if ((owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
 		  && chown (basename_dir, owner, group)
@@ -259,7 +318,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 #endif
 		  )
 		{
-		  error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+		  error (0, errno, _("cannot change owner and/or group of %s"),
+			 quote (dirpath));
 		  CLEANUP;
 		  return 1;
 		}
@@ -280,7 +340,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	     stat and mkdir process O(n^2) file name components.  */
 	  if (do_chdir && chdir (basename_dir) < 0)
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "cannot chdir to directory, %s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chdir to directory, %s"),
+		     quote (dirpath));
 	      CLEANUP;
 	      return 1;
 	    }
@@ -299,12 +360,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
      /* We're done making leading directories.
 	 Create the final component of the path.  */

-      /* The path could end in "/." or contain "/..", so test
-	 if we really have to create the directory.  */
-
-      if (stat (basename_dir, &stats) && mkdir (basename_dir, mode))
+      if (make_dir (basename_dir, dirpath, mode, NULL))
 	{
-	  error (0, errno, "cannot create directory `%s'", dirpath);
 	  CLEANUP;
 	  return 1;
 	}
@@ -313,9 +370,9 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
      umask (oldmask);

      if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
-	error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
+	error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, quote (dirpath));

-      if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1)
+      if (owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
 	{
 	  if (chown (basename_dir, owner, group)
 #ifdef AFS
@@ -323,17 +380,24 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 #endif
 	      )
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "cannot chown %s", dirpath);
-	      retval = 1;
-	    }
-	  /* chown may have turned off some permission bits we wanted.  */
-	  if ((mode & 07000) != 0 && chmod (basename_dir, mode))
-	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "cannot chmod %s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot change owner and/or group of %s"),
+		     quote (dirpath));
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}

+      /* The above chown may have turned off some permission bits in MODE.
+	 Another reason we may have to use chmod here is that mkdir(2) is
+	 required to honor only the file permission bits.  In particular,
+	 it need not honor the `special' bits, so if MODE includes any
+	 special bits, set them here.  */
+      if ((mode & ~S_IRWXUGO)
+	  && chmod (basename_dir, mode))
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, _("cannot change permissions of %s"), quote (dirpath));
+	  retval = 1;
+	}
+
      CLEANUP_CWD;

      /* If the mode for leading directories didn't include owner "wx"
@@ -344,7 +408,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	  *(p->dirname_end) = '\0';
 	  if (chmod (dirpath, parent_mode))
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, "cannot change permissions of %s",
+		     quote (dirpath));
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -357,7 +422,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,

      if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
 	{
-	  error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
+	  error (0, 0, _("%s exists but is not a directory"), quote (dirpath));
 	  return 1;
 	}

@@ -376,12 +441,14 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 #endif
 	      )
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot change owner and/or group of %s"),
+		     quote (dirpath));
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	  if (chmod (dirpath, mode))
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot change permissions of %s"),
+				 quote (dirpath));
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}
--- a/lib/malloc.c
+++ b/lib/malloc.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Work around bug on some systems where malloc (0) fails.
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -30,8 +30,7 @@ char *malloc ();
   If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block.  */

 char *
-rpl_malloc (n)
-     size_t n;
+rpl_malloc (size_t n)
 {
  if (n == 0)
    n = 1;
--- a/lib/mbswidth.c
+++ b/lib/mbswidth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get MB_LEN_MAX.  */
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get MB_CUR_MAX.  */
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get isprint().  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* Get mbstate_t, mbrtowc(), mbsinit(), wcwidth().  */
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_H
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get iswprint().  */
+#if HAVE_WCTYPE_H
+# include <wctype.h>
+#endif
+#if !defined iswprint && !HAVE_ISWPRINT
+# define iswprint(wc) 1
+#endif
+
+/* Some systems, like BeOS, have multibyte encodings but lack mbstate_t.  */
+#if HAVE_MBRTOWC && defined mbstate_t
+# define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) (mbrtowc) (pwc, s, n, 0)
+# define mbsinit(ps) 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
+int wcwidth ();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef wcwidth
+# if !HAVE_WCWIDTH
+/* wcwidth doesn't exist, so assume all printable characters have
+   width 1.  */
+#  define wcwidth(wc) ((wc) == 0 ? 0 : iswprint (wc) ? 1 : -1)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Get ISPRINT.  */
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
+# undef ISASCII
+# define ISASCII(c) 1
+#else
+# define ISASCII(c) isascii (c)
+#endif
+/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
+#undef ISPRINT
+#define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c))
+
+#include "mbswidth.h"
+
+/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
+   character string pointed to by STRING.  If a non-printable character
+   occurs, -1 is returned, unless MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE is specified.
+   With flags = 0, this is the multibyte analogon of the wcswidth function.  */
+int
+mbswidth (const char *string, int flags)
+{
+  return mbsnwidth (string, strlen (string), flags);
+}
+
+/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
+   character string pointed to by STRING of length NBYTES.  If a
+   non-printable character occurs, -1 is returned, unless
+   MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE is specified.  */
+int
+mbsnwidth (const char *string, size_t nbytes, int flags)
+{
+  const char *p = string;
+  const char *plimit = p + nbytes;
+  int width;
+
+  width = 0;
+#if HAVE_MBRTOWC && (MB_LEN_MAX > 1)
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+    {
+      while (p < plimit)
+	switch (*p)
+	  {
+	    case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '%':
+	    case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*':
+	    case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+	    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+	    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+	    case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>':
+	    case '?':
+	    case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E':
+	    case 'F': case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J':
+	    case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O':
+	    case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T':
+	    case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': case 'Y':
+	    case 'Z':
+	    case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_':
+	    case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e':
+	    case 'f': case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j':
+	    case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': case 'o':
+	    case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
+	    case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y':
+	    case 'z': case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+	      /* These characters are printable ASCII characters.  */
+	      p++;
+	      width++;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      /* If we have a multibyte sequence, scan it up to its end.  */
+	      {
+		mbstate_t mbstate;
+		memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
+		do
+		  {
+		    wchar_t wc;
+		    size_t bytes;
+		    int w;
+
+		    bytes = mbrtowc (&wc, p, plimit - p, &mbstate);
+
+		    if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
+		      /* An invalid multibyte sequence was encountered.  */
+		      {
+			if (flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID)
+			  break;
+			else
+			  return -1;
+		      }
+
+		    if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+		      /* An incomplete multibyte character at the end.  */
+		      {
+			if (flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID)
+			  break;
+			else
+			  return -1;
+		      }
+
+		    if (bytes == 0)
+		      /* A null wide character was encountered.  */
+		      bytes = 1;
+
+		    w = wcwidth (wc);
+		    if (w >= 0)
+		      /* A printable multibyte character.  */
+		      width += w;
+		    else
+		      /* An unprintable multibyte character.  */
+		      if (flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE)
+			width += 1;
+		      else
+			return -1;
+
+		    p += bytes;
+		  }
+		while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
+	      }
+	      break;
+	  }
+      return width;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  while (p < plimit)
+    {
+      unsigned char c = (unsigned char) *p++;
+
+      if ((flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE) || ISPRINT (c))
+	width++;
+      else
+	return -1;
+    }
+  return width;
+}
--- a/lib/mbswidth.h
+++ b/lib/mbswidth.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Optional flags to influence mbswidth/mbsnwidth behavior.  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, assume invalid characters have width 0.
+   Otherwise, return -1 upon finding an invalid or incomplete character.  */
+#define MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID 1
+
+/* If this bit is set, assume unprintable characters have width 1.
+   Otherwise, return -1 upon finding a non-printable character.  */
+#define MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE	2
+
+/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for STRING.  */
+extern int mbswidth PARAMS ((const char *string, int flags));
+
+/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for the NBYTES bytes
+   starting at BUF.  */
+extern int mbsnwidth PARAMS ((const char *buf, size_t nbytes, int flags));
--- a/lib/md5.h
+++ b/lib/md5.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* md5.h - Declaration of functions and data types used for MD5 sum
   computing library functions.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.

@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ extern void md5_process_bytes __P ((const void *buffer, size_t len,
   endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
   ASCII representation of the message digest.

-   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF be correctly
   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
 extern void *md5_finish_ctx __P ((struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf));

--- a/lib/memcasecmp.c
+++ b/lib/memcasecmp.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Case-insensitive buffer comparator.
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,9 +15,9 @@
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

-/* Jim Meyering (meyering@na-net.ornl.gov) */
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

@@ -25,16 +25,16 @@
 #include <ctype.h>

 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(Char) 1
 #else
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(Char) isascii(Char)
 #endif
-#define ISLOWER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && islower (c))
+#define ISLOWER(Char) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Char) && islower (Char))

 #if _LIBC || STDC_HEADERS
-# define TOUPPER(c) toupper (c)
+# define TOUPPER(Char) toupper (Char)
 #else
-# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER (c) ? toupper (c) : (c))
+# define TOUPPER(Char) (ISLOWER (Char) ? toupper (Char) : (Char))
 #endif

 #include "memcasecmp.h"
@@ -44,14 +44,11 @@
   join -i works with sort -f.  */

 int
-memcasecmp (vs1, vs2, n)
-     const void *vs1;
-     const void *vs2;
-     size_t n;
+memcasecmp (const void *vs1, const void *vs2, size_t n)
 {
  unsigned int i;
-  unsigned char *s1 = (unsigned char *) vs1;
-  unsigned char *s2 = (unsigned char *) vs2;
+  unsigned char const *s1 = (unsigned char const *) vs1;
+  unsigned char const *s2 = (unsigned char const *) vs2;
  for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
    {
      unsigned char u1 = *s1++;
--- a/lib/memchr.c
+++ b/lib/memchr.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
   with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
   commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
 USA.  */

 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif

 #undef __ptr_t
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ USA.  */
 #define LONG_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647

 #ifndef LONG_MAX
-#define LONG_MAX LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+# define LONG_MAX LONG_MAX_32_BITS
 #endif

 #include <sys/types.h>
--- a/lib/memcmp.c
+++ b/lib/memcmp.c
@@ -104,8 +104,7 @@ static int memcmp_bytes __P((op_t, op_t));
 __inline
 # endif
 static int
-memcmp_bytes (a, b)
-     op_t a, b;
+memcmp_bytes (long unsigned int a, long unsigned int b)
 {
  long int srcp1 = (long int) &a;
  long int srcp2 = (long int) &b;
@@ -132,10 +131,7 @@ static int memcmp_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
 __inline
 #endif
 static int
-memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
-     long int srcp1;
-     long int srcp2;
-     size_t len;
+memcmp_common_alignment (long int srcp1, long int srcp2, size_t len)
 {
  op_t a0, a1;
  op_t b0, b1;
@@ -222,10 +218,7 @@ static int memcmp_not_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
 __inline
 #endif
 static int
-memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
-     long int srcp1;
-     long int srcp2;
-     size_t len;
+memcmp_not_common_alignment (long int srcp1, long int srcp2, size_t len)
 {
  op_t a0, a1, a2, a3;
  op_t b0, b1, b2, b3;
@@ -325,10 +318,7 @@ memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
 }

 int
-rpl_memcmp (s1, s2, len)
-     const __ptr_t s1;
-     const __ptr_t s2;
-     size_t len;
+rpl_memcmp (const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t len)
 {
  op_t a0;
  op_t b0;
--- a/lib/memcoll.c
+++ b/lib/memcoll.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* Locale-specific memory comparison.
+   Copyright 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Contributed by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Compare S1 (with length S1LEN) and S2 (with length S2LEN) according
+   to the LC_COLLATE locale.  S1 and S2 do not overlap, and are not
+   adjacent.  Temporarily modify the bytes after S1 and S2, but
+   restore their original contents before returning.  */
+int
+memcoll (char *s1, size_t s1len, char *s2, size_t s2len)
+{
+  int diff;
+  char n1 = s1[s1len];
+  char n2 = s2[s2len];
+
+  s1[s1len++] = '\0';
+  s2[s2len++] = '\0';
+
+  while (! (diff = strcoll (s1, s2)))
+    {
+      /* strcoll found no difference, but perhaps it was fooled by NUL
+	 characters in the data.  Work around this problem by advancing
+	 past the NUL chars.  */
+      size_t size1 = strlen (s1) + 1;
+      size_t size2 = strlen (s2) + 1;
+      s1 += size1;
+      s2 += size2;
+      s1len -= size1;
+      s2len -= size2;
+
+      if (s1len == 0)
+	{
+	  if (s2len != 0)
+	    diff = -1;
+	  break;
+	}
+      else if (s2len == 0)
+	{
+	  diff = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  s1[s1len - 1] = n1;
+  s2[s2len - 1] = n2;
+
+  return diff;
+}
--- a/lib/memcoll.h
+++ b/lib/memcoll.h
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#ifndef MEMCOLL_H_
+# define MEMCOLL_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+int memcoll PARAMS ((char *, size_t, char *, size_t));
+
+#endif /* MEMCOLL_H_ */
--- a/lib/memcpy.c
+++ b/lib/memcpy.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,10 +25,7 @@
   Return DESTADDR. */

 char *
-memcpy (destaddr, srcaddr, len)
-     char *destaddr;
-     const char *srcaddr;
-     int len;
+memcpy (char *destaddr, const char *srcaddr, int len)
 {
  char *dest = destaddr;

--- a/lib/memset.c
+++ b/lib/memset.c
@@ -16,10 +16,7 @@
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 char *
-memset (str, c, len)
-     char *str;
-     int c;
-     unsigned len;
+memset (char *str, int c, unsigned int len)
 {
  register char *st = str;

--- a/lib/mkdir.c
+++ b/lib/mkdir.c
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-/* BSD compatible make directory function for System V
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef S_ISDIR
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
-#endif
-
-/* mkdir adapted from GNU tar.  */
-
-/* Make directory DPATH, with permission mode DMODE.
-
-   Written by Robert Rother, Mariah Corporation, August 1985
-   (sdcsvax!rmr or rmr@uscd).  If you want it, it's yours.
-
-   Severely hacked over by John Gilmore to make a 4.2BSD compatible
-   subroutine.	11Mar86; hoptoad!gnu
-
-   Modified by rmtodd@uokmax 6-28-87 -- when making an already existing dir,
-   subroutine didn't return EEXIST.  It does now.  */
-
-int
-mkdir (dpath, dmode)
-     char *dpath;
-     int dmode;
-{
-  int cpid, status;
-  struct stat statbuf;
-
-  if (stat (dpath, &statbuf) == 0)
-    {
-      errno = EEXIST;		/* stat worked, so it already exists.  */
-      return -1;
-    }
-
-  /* If stat fails for a reason other than non-existence, return error.  */
-  if (errno != ENOENT)
-    return -1;
-
-  cpid = fork ();
-  switch (cpid)
-    {
-    case -1:			/* Cannot fork.  */
-      return -1;		/* errno is already set.  */
-
-    case 0:			/* Child process.  */
-      /* Cheap hack to set mode of new directory.  Since this child
-	 process is going away anyway, we zap its umask.
-	 This won't suffice to set SUID, SGID, etc. on this
-	 directory, so the parent process calls chmod afterward.  */
-      status = umask (0);	/* Get current umask.  */
-      umask (status | (0777 & ~dmode));	/* Set for mkdir.  */
-      execl ("/bin/mkdir", "mkdir", dpath, (char *) 0);
-      _exit (1);
-
-    default:			/* Parent process.  */
-      /* Wait for kid to finish.  */
-      while (wait (&status) != cpid)
-	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
-
-      if (status & 0xFFFF)
-	{
-	  /* /bin/mkdir failed.  */
-	  errno = EIO;
-	  return -1;
-	}
-      return chmod (dpath, dmode);
-    }
-}
--- a/lib/mktime.c
+++ b/lib/mktime.c
@@ -1,24 +1,22 @@
-/* mktime: convert a `struct tm' to a time_t value  zzzzzz
-   Copyright (C) 1993-1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Convert a `struct tm' to a time_t value.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
   Contributed by Paul Eggert (eggert@twinsun.com).

-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.

-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 /* Define this to have a standalone program to test this implementation of
   mktime.  */
@@ -28,14 +26,8 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-/* Some systems need this in order to declare localtime_r properly.  */
-#ifndef _REENTRANT
-# define _REENTRANT 1
-#endif
-
 #ifdef _LIBC
 # define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
-# define HAVE_LOCALTIME_R 1
 # define STDC_HEADERS 1
 #endif

@@ -63,7 +55,7 @@
 #endif /* DEBUG */

 #ifndef __P
-# if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+# if defined __GNUC__ || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
 #  define __P(args) args
 # else
 #  define __P(args) ()
@@ -115,26 +107,15 @@ const unsigned short int __mon_yday[2][13] =
    { 0, 31, 60, 91, 121, 152, 182, 213, 244, 274, 305, 335, 366 }
  };

-static struct tm *ranged_convert __P ((struct tm *(*) __P ((const time_t *,
-							    struct tm *)),
-				       time_t *, struct tm *));
-static time_t ydhms_tm_diff __P ((int, int, int, int, int, const struct tm *));
-time_t __mktime_internal __P ((struct tm *,
-			       struct tm *(*) (const time_t *, struct tm *),
-			       time_t *));
-

 #ifdef _LIBC
-# define localtime_r __localtime_r
+# define my_mktime_localtime_r __localtime_r
 #else
-# if ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && ! defined localtime_r
-/* Approximate localtime_r as best we can in its absence.  */
-#  define localtime_r my_mktime_localtime_r
-static struct tm *localtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
+/* If we're a mktime substitute in a GNU program, then prefer
+   localtime to localtime_r, since many localtime_r implementations
+   are buggy.  */
 static struct tm *
-localtime_r (t, tp)
-     const time_t *t;
-     struct tm *tp;
+my_mktime_localtime_r (const time_t *t, struct tm *tp)
 {
  struct tm *l = localtime (t);
  if (! l)
@@ -142,7 +123,6 @@ localtime_r (t, tp)
  *tp = *l;
  return tp;
 }
-# endif /* ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && ! defined (localtime_r) */
 #endif /* ! _LIBC */


@@ -153,9 +133,8 @@ localtime_r (t, tp)
   If TP is null, return a nonzero value.
   If overflow occurs, yield the low order bits of the correct answer.  */
 static time_t
-ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, tp)
-     int year, yday, hour, min, sec;
-     const struct tm *tp;
+ydhms_tm_diff (int year, int yday, int hour, int min, int sec,
+	       const struct tm *tp)
 {
  if (!tp)
    return 1;
@@ -182,32 +161,12 @@ ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, tp)
    }
 }

-
-static time_t localtime_offset;
-
-/* Convert *TP to a time_t value.  */
-time_t
-mktime (tp)
-     struct tm *tp;
-{
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever mktime() is called, the
-     time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
-     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
-  __tzset ();
-#endif
-
-  return __mktime_internal (tp, localtime_r, &localtime_offset);
-}
-
 /* Use CONVERT to convert *T to a broken down time in *TP.
   If *T is out of range for conversion, adjust it so that
   it is the nearest in-range value and then convert that.  */
 static struct tm *
-ranged_convert (convert, t, tp)
-     struct tm *(*convert) __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
-     time_t *t;
-     struct tm *tp;
+ranged_convert (struct tm *(*convert) (const time_t *, struct tm *),
+		time_t *t, struct tm *tp)
 {
  struct tm *r;

@@ -254,19 +213,18 @@ ranged_convert (convert, t, tp)
   compared to what the result would be for UTC without leap seconds.
   If *OFFSET's guess is correct, only one CONVERT call is needed.  */
 time_t
-__mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
-     struct tm *tp;
-     struct tm *(*convert) __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
-     time_t *offset;
+__mktime_internal (struct tm *tp,
+		   struct tm *(*convert) (const time_t *, struct tm *),
+		   time_t *offset)
 {
-  time_t t, dt, t0;
+  time_t t, dt, t0, t1, t2;
  struct tm tm;

  /* The maximum number of probes (calls to CONVERT) should be enough
     to handle any combinations of time zone rule changes, solar time,
-     and leap seconds.  POSIX.1 prohibits leap seconds, but some hosts
-     have them anyway.  */
-  int remaining_probes = 4;
+     leap seconds, and oscillations around a spring-forward gap.
+     POSIX.1 prohibits leap seconds, but some hosts have them anyway.  */
+  int remaining_probes = 6;

  /* Time requested.  Copy it in case CONVERT modifies *TP; this can
     occur if TP is localtime's returned value and CONVERT is localtime.  */
@@ -312,36 +270,52 @@ __mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
  tm.tm_yday = tm.tm_hour = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_sec = 0;
  t0 = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, &tm);

-  for (t = t0 + *offset;
+  for (t = t1 = t2 = t0 + *offset;
       (dt = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
 			    ranged_convert (convert, &t, &tm)));
-       t += dt)
-    if (--remaining_probes == 0)
+       t1 = t2, t2 = t, t += dt)
+    if (t == t1 && t != t2
+	&& (isdst < 0 || tm.tm_isdst < 0
+	    || (isdst != 0) != (tm.tm_isdst != 0)))
+      /* We can't possibly find a match, as we are oscillating
+	 between two values.  The requested time probably falls
+	 within a spring-forward gap of size DT.  Follow the common
+	 practice in this case, which is to return a time that is DT
+	 away from the requested time, preferring a time whose
+	 tm_isdst differs from the requested value.  In practice,
+	 this is more useful than returning -1.  */
+      break;
+    else if (--remaining_probes == 0)
      return -1;

-  /* Check whether tm.tm_isdst has the requested value, if any.  */
-  if (0 <= isdst && 0 <= tm.tm_isdst)
+  /* If we have a match, check whether tm.tm_isdst has the requested
+     value, if any.  */
+  if (dt == 0 && isdst != tm.tm_isdst && 0 <= isdst && 0 <= tm.tm_isdst)
    {
-      int dst_diff = (isdst != 0) - (tm.tm_isdst != 0);
-      if (dst_diff)
+      /* tm.tm_isdst has the wrong value.  Look for a neighboring
+	 time with the right value, and use its UTC offset.
+	 Heuristic: probe the previous three calendar quarters (approximately),
+	 looking for the desired isdst.  This isn't perfect,
+	 but it's good enough in practice.  */
+      int quarter = 7889238; /* seconds per average 1/4 Gregorian year */
+      int i;
+
+      /* If we're too close to the time_t limit, look in future quarters.  */
+      if (t < TIME_T_MIN + 3 * quarter)
+	quarter = -quarter;
+
+      for (i = 1; i <= 3; i++)
 	{
-	  /* Move two hours in the direction indicated by the disagreement,
-	     probe some more, and switch to a new time if found.
-	     The largest known fallback due to daylight savings is two hours:
-	     once, in Newfoundland, 1988-10-30 02:00 -> 00:00.  */
-	  time_t ot = t - 2 * 60 * 60 * dst_diff;
-	  while (--remaining_probes != 0)
+	  time_t ot = t - i * quarter;
+	  struct tm otm;
+	  ranged_convert (convert, &ot, &otm);
+	  if (otm.tm_isdst == isdst)
 	    {
-	      struct tm otm;
-	      if (! (dt = ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec,
-					 ranged_convert (convert, &ot, &otm))))
-		{
-		  t = ot;
-		  tm = otm;
-		  break;
-		}
-	      if ((ot += dt) == t)
-		break;  /* Avoid a redundant probe.  */
+	      /* We found the desired tm_isdst.
+		 Extrapolate back to the desired time.  */
+	      t = ot + ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, &otm);
+	      ranged_convert (convert, &t, &tm);
+	      break;
 	    }
 	}
    }
@@ -387,6 +361,24 @@ __mktime_internal (tp, convert, offset)
  return t;
 }

+
+static time_t localtime_offset;
+
+/* Convert *TP to a time_t value.  */
+time_t
+mktime (tp)
+     struct tm *tp;
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever mktime() is called, the
+     time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
+     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
+  __tzset ();
+#endif
+
+  return __mktime_internal (tp, my_mktime_localtime_r, &localtime_offset);
+}
+
 #ifdef weak_alias
 weak_alias (mktime, timelocal)
 #endif
@@ -531,6 +523,6 @@ main (argc, argv)

 /*
 Local Variables:
-compile-command: "gcc -DDEBUG -D__EXTENSIONS__ -DHAVE_LIMITS_H -DHAVE_LOCALTIME_R -DSTDC_HEADERS -Wall -W -O -g mktime.c -o mktime"
+compile-command: "gcc -DDEBUG -DHAVE_LIMITS_H -DSTDC_HEADERS -Wall -W -O -g mktime.c -o mktime"
 End:
 */
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More